Add support for string {equal,compare} -length

Signed-off-by: Steve Bennett <steveb@workware.net.au>
author: Steve Bennett <steveb@workware.net.au> 2012-09-11 11:22:21 +1000
committer: Steve Bennett <steveb@workware.net.au> 2012-09-11 11:24:38 +1000
commit: 33e51c4b9ef4de3398a57da99eb6f5fbcd1d85e4 (patch)
tree: 05b80935e9b9b37098169720d36737b5c2f2b057
parent: 1bde066fbbf55d881f5bc75316c12a762cf39608 (diff)
download: jimtcl-33e51c4b9ef4de3398a57da99eb6f5fbcd1d85e4.zip
jimtcl-33e51c4b9ef4de3398a57da99eb6f5fbcd1d85e4.tar.gz
jimtcl-33e51c4b9ef4de3398a57da99eb6f5fbcd1d85e4.tar.bz2
4 files changed, 1923 insertions, 1884 deletions
diff --git a/Tcl_shipped.html b/Tcl_shipped.html
index eb3f77e..a687f09 100644
--- a/Tcl_shipped.html
+++ b/Tcl_shipped.html
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.5" />
+<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.8" />
 <title>Jim Tcl(n)</title>
 <style type="text/css">
 /* Shared CSS for AsciiDoc xhtml11 and html5 backends */
@@ -87,11 +87,15 @@ ul, ol, li > p {
 ul > li     { color: #aaa; }
 ul > li > * { color: black; }
 
-pre {
+.monospaced, code, pre {
+  font-family: "Courier New", Courier, monospace;
+  font-size: inherit;
+  color: navy;
   padding: 0;
   margin: 0;
 }
 
+
 #author {
   color: #527bbd;
   font-weight: bold;
@@ -179,7 +183,7 @@ div.quoteblock, div.verseblock {
   margin-left: 1.0em;
   margin-right: 10%;
   border-left: 5px solid #f0f0f0;
-  color: #777777;
+  color: #888;
 }
 
 div.quoteblock > div.attribution {
@@ -349,7 +353,7 @@ div.colist td img {
   margin-bottom: 0.1em;
 }
 
-div.toclevel1, div.toclevel2, div.toclevel3, div.toclevel4 {
+div.toclevel0, div.toclevel1, div.toclevel2, div.toclevel3, div.toclevel4 {
   margin-top: 0;
   margin-bottom: 0;
 }
@@ -407,18 +411,14 @@ span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
 span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
 span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
 
+div.unbreakable { page-break-inside: avoid; }
+
 
 /*
  * xhtml11 specific
  *
  * */
 
-tt {
-  font-family: monospace;
-  font-size: inherit;
-  color: navy;
-}
-
 div.tableblock {
   margin-top: 1.0em;
   margin-bottom: 1.5em;
@@ -452,12 +452,6 @@ div.tableblock > table[frame="vsides"] {
  *
  * */
 
-.monospaced {
-  font-family: monospace;
-  font-size: inherit;
-  color: navy;
-}
-
 table.tableblock {
   margin-top: 1.0em;
   margin-bottom: 1.5em;
@@ -514,24 +508,31 @@ th.tableblock.valign-middle, td.tableblock.valign-middle {
 th.tableblock.valign-bottom, td.tableblock.valign-bottom {
   vertical-align: bottom;
 }
-/* Overrides for manpage documents */
-h1 {
+
+
+/*
+ * manpage specific
+ *
+ * */
+
+body.manpage h1 {
   padding-top: 0.5em;
   padding-bottom: 0.5em;
   border-top: 2px solid silver;
   border-bottom: 2px solid silver;
 }
-h2 {
+body.manpage h2 {
   border-style: none;
 }
-div.sectionbody {
+body.manpage div.sectionbody {
   margin-left: 3em;
 }
 
 @media print {
-  div#toc { display: none; }
+  body.manpage div#toc { display: none; }
 }
 
+
 </style>
 <script type="text/javascript">
 /*<![CDATA[*/
@@ -576,7 +577,7 @@ toc: function (toclevels) {
 
   function tocEntries(el, toclevels) {
     var result = new Array;
-    var re = new RegExp('[hH]([2-'+(toclevels+1)+'])');
+    var re = new RegExp('[hH]([1-'+(toclevels+1)+'])');
     // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
     // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
     // browsers).
@@ -605,7 +606,7 @@ toc: function (toclevels) {
   var i;
   for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
     var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
-    if (entry.nodeName == 'DIV'
+    if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
      && entry.getAttribute("class")
      && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
       tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
@@ -651,7 +652,7 @@ footnotes: function () {
   var entriesToRemove = [];
   for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
     var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
-    if (entry.nodeName == 'DIV' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
+    if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
       entriesToRemove.push(entry);
   }
   for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
@@ -735,7 +736,7 @@ Jim Tcl(n) Manual Page
 </h1>
 <h2>NAME</h2>
 <div class="sectionbody">
-<p>Jim Tcl v0.73 -
+<p>Jim Tcl v0.74 -
    reference manual for the Jim Tcl scripting language
 </p>
 </div>
@@ -746,14 +747,14 @@ Jim Tcl(n) Manual Page
 <div class="sectionbody">
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>cc &lt;source&gt; -ljim</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>cc &lt;source&gt; -ljim</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>or</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jimsh [&lt;scriptfile&gt;]
+<pre><code>jimsh [&lt;scriptfile&gt;]
 jimsh -e '&lt;immediate-script&gt;'
-jimsh --version</tt></pre>
+jimsh --version</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="ulist"><div class="title">Quick Index</div><ul>
 <li>
@@ -805,27 +806,27 @@ Integers are 64bit
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Support for references (<a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a>/<a href="#_getref"><strong><tt>getref</tt></strong></a>/<a href="#_setref"><strong><tt>setref</tt></strong></a>) and garbage collection
+Support for references (<a href="#_ref"><strong><code>ref</code></strong></a>/<a href="#_getref"><strong><code>getref</code></strong></a>/<a href="#_setref"><strong><code>setref</code></strong></a>) and garbage collection
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Builtin dictionary type (<a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a>) with some limitations compared to Tcl 8.6
+Builtin dictionary type (<a href="#_dict"><strong><code>dict</code></strong></a>) with some limitations compared to Tcl 8.6
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_env"><strong><tt>env</tt></strong></a> command to access environment variables
+<a href="#_env"><strong><code>env</code></strong></a> command to access environment variables
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Operating system features: <a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.fork</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.wait</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.uptime</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_alarm"><strong><tt>alarm</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_sleep"><strong><tt>sleep</tt></strong></a>
+Operating system features: <a href="#cmd_1"><strong><code>os.fork</code></strong></a>, <a href="#cmd_1"><strong><code>os.wait</code></strong></a>, <a href="#cmd_1"><strong><code>os.uptime</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_alarm"><strong><code>alarm</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_sleep"><strong><code>sleep</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Much better error reporting. <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>stacktrace</tt> as a replacement for <em>$errorInfo</em>, <em>$errorCode</em>
+Much better error reporting. <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>stacktrace</code> as a replacement for <em>$errorInfo</em>, <em>$errorCode</em>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -850,7 +851,7 @@ Built-in command line editing
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Expression shorthand syntax: <tt>$(&#8230;)</tt>
+Expression shorthand syntax: <code>$(&#8230;)</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -875,6 +876,16 @@ Support for UDP, IPv6, Unix-Domain sockets in addition to TCP sockets
 <h2 id="_recent_changes">RECENT CHANGES</h2>
 <div class="sectionbody">
 <div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_changes_between_0_73_and_0_74">Changes between 0.73 and 0.74</h3>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Numbers with leading zeros are treated as decimal, not octal
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_changes_between_0_72_and_0_73">Changes between 0.72 and 0.73</h3>
 <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 <li>
@@ -884,32 +895,32 @@ Built-in regexp now support non-capturing parentheses: (?:&#8230;)
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>replace</tt>
+Add <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>replace</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>totitle</tt>
+Add <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>totitle</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>statics</tt>
+Add <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>statics</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <tt>build-jim-ext</tt> for easy separate building of loadable modules (extensions)
+Add <code>build-jim-ext</code> for easy separate building of loadable modules (extensions)
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a> now works with any command, not just procs
+<a href="#_local"><strong><code>local</code></strong></a> now works with any command, not just procs
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>alias</tt> to access the target of an alias
+Add <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>alias</code> to access the target of an alias
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -919,12 +930,12 @@ UTF-8 encoding past the basic multilingual plane (BMP) is supported
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_tcl_prefix"><strong><tt>tcl::prefix</tt></strong></a>
+Add <a href="#_tcl_prefix"><strong><code>tcl::prefix</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_history"><strong><tt>history</tt></strong></a>
+Add <a href="#_history"><strong><code>history</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -934,12 +945,12 @@ Most extensions are now enabled by default
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add support for namespaces and the <a href="#_namespace"><strong><tt>namespace</tt></strong></a> command
+Add support for namespaces and the <a href="#_namespace"><strong><code>namespace</code></strong></a> command
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_apply"><strong><tt>apply</tt></strong></a>
+Add <a href="#_apply"><strong><code>apply</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </li>
 </ol></div>
@@ -954,37 +965,37 @@ procs now allow <em>args</em> and optional parameters in any position
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add Tcl-compatible expr functions, <tt>rand()</tt>, <tt>srand()</tt> and <tt>pow()</tt>
+Add Tcl-compatible expr functions, <code>rand()</code>, <code>srand()</code> and <code>pow()</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add support for the <em>-force</em> option to <a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a> <tt>delete</tt>
+Add support for the <em>-force</em> option to <a href="#_file"><strong><code>file</code></strong></a> <code>delete</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Better diagnostics when <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> fails to load a script with a missing quote or bracket
+Better diagnostics when <a href="#_source"><strong><code>source</code></strong></a> fails to load a script with a missing quote or bracket
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-New <tt>tcl_platform(pathSeparator)</tt>
+New <code>tcl_platform(pathSeparator)</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add support settings the modification time with <a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a> <tt>mtime</tt>
+Add support settings the modification time with <a href="#_file"><strong><code>file</code></strong></a> <code>mtime</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> is now fully supported on win32 (mingw32)
+<a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a> is now fully supported on win32 (mingw32)
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a> <tt>join</tt>, <a href="#_pwd"><strong><tt>pwd</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_glob"><strong><tt>glob</tt></strong></a> etc. now work for mingw32
+<a href="#_file"><strong><code>file</code></strong></a> <code>join</code>, <a href="#_pwd"><strong><code>pwd</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_glob"><strong><code>glob</code></strong></a> etc. now work for mingw32
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -994,7 +1005,7 @@ Line editing is now supported for the win32 console (mingw32)
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_aio"><strong><tt>aio</tt></strong></a> <tt>listen</tt> command
+Add <a href="#_aio"><strong><code>aio</code></strong></a> <code>listen</code> command
 </p>
 </li>
 </ol></div>
@@ -1009,52 +1020,52 @@ Allow <em>args</em> to be renamed in procs
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <tt>$(&#8230;)</tt> shorthand syntax for expressions
+Add <code>$(&#8230;)</code> shorthand syntax for expressions
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add automatic reference variables in procs with <tt>&amp;var</tt> syntax
+Add automatic reference variables in procs with <code>&amp;var</code> syntax
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Support <tt>jimsh --version</tt>
+Support <code>jimsh --version</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Additional variables in <tt>tcl_platform()</tt>
+Additional variables in <code>tcl_platform()</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a> procs now push existing commands and <a href="#_upcall"><strong><tt>upcall</tt></strong></a> can call them
+<a href="#_local"><strong><code>local</code></strong></a> procs now push existing commands and <a href="#_upcall"><strong><code>upcall</code></strong></a> can call them
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_loop"><strong><tt>loop</tt></strong></a> command (TclX compatible)
+Add <a href="#_loop"><strong><code>loop</code></strong></a> command (TclX compatible)
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_aio"><strong><tt>aio</tt></strong></a> <tt>buffering</tt> command
+Add <a href="#_aio"><strong><code>aio</code></strong></a> <code>buffering</code> command
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>complete</tt> can now return the missing character
+<a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>complete</code> can now return the missing character
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_binary"><strong><tt>binary</tt></strong></a> <tt>format</tt> and <a href="#_binary"><strong><tt>binary</tt></strong></a> <tt>scan</tt> are now (optionally) supported
+<a href="#_binary"><strong><code>binary</code></strong></a> <code>format</code> and <a href="#_binary"><strong><code>binary</code></strong></a> <code>scan</code> are now (optionally) supported
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>byterange</tt>
+Add <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>byterange</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -1064,66 +1075,6 @@ Built-in regexp now support non-greedy repetition (*?, +?, ??)
 </li>
 </ol></div>
 </div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_changes_between_0_63_and_0_70">Changes between 0.63 and 0.70</h3>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-<tt>platform_tcl()</tt> settings are now automatically determined
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Add aio <tt>$handle filename</tt>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Add <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>channels</tt>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <em>bio</em> extension is gone. Now <a href="#_aio"><strong><tt>aio</tt></strong></a> supports <em>copyto</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Add <a href="#_exists"><strong><tt>exists</tt></strong></a> command
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Add the pure-Tcl <em>oo</em> extension
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> command now only uses vfork(), not fork()
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Unit test framework is less verbose and more Tcl-compatible
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Optional UTF-8 support
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Optional built-in regexp engine for better Tcl compatibility and UTF-8 support
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Command line editing in interactive mode, e.g. <em>jimsh</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
 </div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect1">
@@ -1165,7 +1116,7 @@ Tcl core described here, but various add-on libraries, such as the Tk
 toolkit, allow applications to issue commands to each other.  This makes
 it possible for applications to work together in much more powerful ways
 than was previously possible.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Fourth, Jim Tcl includes a command processor, <tt>jimsh</tt>, which can be
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Fourth, Jim Tcl includes a command processor, <code>jimsh</code>, which can be
 used to run standalone Tcl scripts, or to run Tcl commands interactively.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This manual page focuses primarily on the Tcl language.  It describes
 the language syntax and the built-in commands that will be available
@@ -1176,21 +1127,21 @@ described in more detail in separate manual pages, one per procedure.</p></div>
 <div class="sect1">
 <h2 id="_jimsh_command_interpreter">JIMSH COMMAND INTERPRETER</h2>
 <div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A simple, but powerful command processor, <tt>jimsh</tt>, is part of Jim Tcl.
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A simple, but powerful command processor, <code>jimsh</code>, is part of Jim Tcl.
 It may be invoked in interactive mode as:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jimsh</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>jimsh</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>or to process the Tcl script in a file with:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jimsh filename</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>jimsh filename</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>It may also be invoked to execute an immediate script with:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jimsh -e "script"</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>jimsh -e "script"</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_interactive_mode">Interactive Mode</h3>
@@ -1198,7 +1149,7 @@ It may be invoked in interactive mode as:</p></div>
 those commands and prints the results.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>$ jimsh
+<pre><code>$ jimsh
 Welcome to Jim version 0.73, Copyright (c) 2005-8 Salvatore Sanfilippo
 . info version
 0.73
@@ -1213,14 +1164,14 @@ c
 . bad
 invalid command name "bad"
 [error] . exit
-$</tt></pre>
+$</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>jimsh</tt> is configured with line editing (it is by default) and a VT-100-compatible
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code>jimsh</code> is configured with line editing (it is by default) and a VT-100-compatible
 terminal is detected, Emacs-style line editing commands are available, including:
-arrow keys, <tt>^W</tt> to erase a word, <tt>^U</tt> to erase the line, <tt>^R</tt> for reverse incremental search
-in history. Additionally, the <tt>h</tt> command may be used to display the command history.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Command line history is automatically saved and loaded from <tt>~/.jim_history</tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In interactive mode, <tt>jimsh</tt> automatically runs the script <tt>~/.jimrc</tt> at startup
+arrow keys, <code>^W</code> to erase a word, <code>^U</code> to erase the line, <code>^R</code> for reverse incremental search
+in history. Additionally, the <code>h</code> command may be used to display the command history.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Command line history is automatically saved and loaded from <code>~/.jim_history</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In interactive mode, <code>jimsh</code> automatically runs the script <code>~/.jimrc</code> at startup
 if it exists.</p></div>
 </div>
 </div>
@@ -1276,27 +1227,27 @@ additional fields, if any, are arguments that will be passed to
 that command.  For example, the command:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a 22</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a 22</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>has three fields:  the first, <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a>, is the name of a Tcl command, and
+<div class="paragraph"><p>has three fields:  the first, <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a>, is the name of a Tcl command, and
 the last two, <em>a</em> and <em>22</em>, will be passed as arguments to
-the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command.  The command name may refer either to a built-in
+the <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> command.  The command name may refer either to a built-in
 Tcl command, an application-specific command bound in with the library
 procedure <em>Jim_CreateCommand</em>, or a command procedure defined with the
-<a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> built-in command.</p></div>
+<a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a> built-in command.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Arguments are passed literally as text strings.  Individual commands may
-interpret those strings in any fashion they wish.  The <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command,
+interpret those strings in any fashion they wish.  The <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> command,
 for example, will treat its first argument as the name of a variable
 and its second argument as a string value to assign to that variable.
 For other commands arguments may be interpreted as integers, lists,
 file names, or Tcl commands.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Command names should normally be typed completely (e.g. no abbreviations).
 However, if the Tcl interpreter cannot locate a command it invokes a
-special command named <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> which attempts to find or create the
+special command named <a href="#_unknown"><strong><code>unknown</code></strong></a> which attempts to find or create the
 command.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For example, at many sites <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> will search through library
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For example, at many sites <a href="#_unknown"><strong><code>unknown</code></strong></a> will search through library
 directories for the desired command and create it as a Tcl procedure if
-it is found.  The <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> command often provides automatic completion
+it is found.  The <a href="#_unknown"><strong><code>unknown</code></strong></a> command often provides automatic completion
 of abbreviated commands, but usually only for commands that were typed
 interactively.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>It&#8217;s probably a bad idea to use abbreviations in command scripts and
@@ -1308,8 +1259,8 @@ no longer work.</p></div>
 <div class="sect1">
 <h2 id="_comments">COMMENTS</h2>
 <div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the first non-blank character in a command is <tt>#</tt>, then everything
-from the <tt>#</tt> up through the next newline character is treated as
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the first non-blank character in a command is <code>#</code>, then everything
+from the <code>#</code> up through the next newline character is treated as
 a comment and ignored.  When comments are embedded inside nested
 commands (e.g. fields enclosed in braces) they must have properly-matched
 braces (this is necessary because when Tcl parses the top-level command
@@ -1329,9 +1280,9 @@ character.  The double-quotes are not included in the resulting argument.
 For example, the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a "This is a single argument"</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a "This is a single argument"</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>will pass two arguments to <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a>:  <em>a</em> and <em>This is a single argument</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>will pass two arguments to <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a>:  <em>a</em> and <em>This is a single argument</em>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Within double-quotes, command substitutions, variable substitutions,
 and backslash substitutions still occur, as described below.  If the
 first character of a command field is not a quote, then quotes receive
@@ -1353,22 +1304,22 @@ of braces and pass the information between the braces to the command
 without any further modification.  For example, in the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a {xyz a {b c d}}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a {xyz a {b c d}}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command will receive two arguments: <em>a</em>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>the <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> command will receive two arguments: <em>a</em>
 and <em>xyz a {b c d}</em>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>When braces or quotes are in effect, the matching brace or quote need
 not be on the same line as the starting quote or brace; in this case
 the newline will be included in the argument field along with any other
-characters up to the matching brace or quote.  For example, the <a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a>
-command takes one argument, which is a command string; <a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a> invokes
+characters up to the matching brace or quote.  For example, the <a href="#_eval"><strong><code>eval</code></strong></a>
+command takes one argument, which is a command string; <a href="#_eval"><strong><code>eval</code></strong></a> invokes
 the Tcl interpreter to execute the command string.  The command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>eval {
+<pre><code>eval {
   set a 22
   set b 33
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will assign the value <em>22</em> to <em>a</em> and <em>33</em> to <em>b</em>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the first character of a command field is not a left
@@ -1387,40 +1338,40 @@ executed immediately.  Then the result of that command is substituted
 for the bracketed text.  For example, consider the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a [set b]</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a [set b]</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command has only a single argument, it is the name of a
-variable and <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> returns the contents of that variable.  In this case,
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When the <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> command has only a single argument, it is the name of a
+variable and <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> returns the contents of that variable.  In this case,
 if variable <em>b</em> has the value <em>foo</em>, then the command above is equivalent
 to the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a foo</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a foo</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Brackets can be used in more complex ways.  For example, if the variable
 <em>b</em> has the value <em>foo</em> and the variable <em>c</em> has the value <em>gorp</em>,
 then the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a xyz[set b].[set c]</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a xyz[set b].[set c]</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>is equivalent to the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a xyzfoo.gorp</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a xyzfoo.gorp</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>A bracketed command may contain multiple commands separated by newlines
 or semi-colons in the usual fashion.  In this case the value of the last
 command is used for substitution.  For example, the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a x[set b 22
-expr $b+2]x</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a x[set b 22
+expr $b+2]x</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>is equivalent to the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a x24x</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a x24x</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If a field is enclosed in braces then the brackets and the characters
 between them are not interpreted specially; they are passed through to
@@ -1430,21 +1381,21 @@ the argument verbatim.</p></div>
 <div class="sect1">
 <h2 id="_variable_substitution_with">VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION WITH $</h2>
 <div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dollar sign (<tt>$</tt>) may be used as a special shorthand form for
-substituting variable values.  If <tt>$</tt> appears in an argument that isn&#8217;t
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dollar sign (<code>$</code>) may be used as a special shorthand form for
+substituting variable values.  If <code>$</code> appears in an argument that isn&#8217;t
 enclosed in braces then variable substitution will occur.  The characters
-after the <tt>$</tt>, up to the first character that isn&#8217;t a number, letter,
+after the <code>$</code>, up to the first character that isn&#8217;t a number, letter,
 or underscore, are taken as a variable name and the string value of that
 variable is substituted for the name.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>For example, if variable <em>foo</em> has the value <em>test</em>, then the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a $foo.c</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a $foo.c</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>is equivalent to the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a test.c</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a test.c</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>There are two special forms for variable substitution.  If the next
 character after the name of the variable is an open parenthesis, then
@@ -1458,22 +1409,22 @@ used as an index.</p></div>
 then the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a xyz$x(first)zyx</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a xyz$x(first)zyx</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>is equivalent to the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a xyz87zyx</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a xyz87zyx</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the variable <em>index</em> has the value <em>14</em>, then the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a xyz$x($index)zyx</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a xyz$x($index)zyx</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>is equivalent to the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a xyzmorezyx</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a xyzmorezyx</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>For more information on arrays, see VARIABLES AND ARRAYS below.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The second special form for variables occurs when the dollar sign is
@@ -1484,18 +1435,18 @@ is assumed to refer to a scalar variable.  For example, if variable
 <em>foo</em> has the value <em>test</em>, then the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a abc${foo}bar</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a abc${foo}bar</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>is equivalent to the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a abctestbar</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a abctestbar</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Variable substitution does not occur in arguments that are enclosed in
 braces:  the dollar sign and variable name are passed through to the
 argument verbatim.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dollar sign abbreviation is simply a shorthand form.  <tt>$a</tt> is
-completely equivalent to <tt>[set a]</tt>; it is provided as a convenience
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dollar sign abbreviation is simply a shorthand form.  <code>$a</code> is
+completely equivalent to <code>[set a]</code>; it is provided as a convenience
 to reduce typing.</p></div>
 </div>
 </div>
@@ -1503,7 +1454,7 @@ to reduce typing.</p></div>
 <h2 id="_separating_commands_with_semi_colons">SEPARATING COMMANDS WITH SEMI-COLONS</h2>
 <div class="sectionbody">
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, each command occupies one line (the command is terminated by a
-newline character).  However, semi-colon (<tt>;</tt>) is treated as a command
+newline character).  However, semi-colon (<code>;</code>) is treated as a command
 separator character; multiple commands may be placed on one line by
 separating them with a semi-colon.  Semi-colons are not treated as
 command separators if they appear within curly braces or double-quotes.</p></div>
@@ -1520,7 +1471,7 @@ listed below.  In each case, the backslash
 sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist" id="BackslashSequences"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\b</tt>
+<code>\b</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1528,7 +1479,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\f</tt>
+<code>\f</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1536,7 +1487,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\n</tt>
+<code>\n</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1544,7 +1495,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\r</tt>
+<code>\r</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1552,7 +1503,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\t</tt>
+<code>\t</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1560,7 +1511,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\v</tt>
+<code>\v</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1568,7 +1519,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\{</tt>
+<code>\{</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1576,7 +1527,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\}</tt>
+<code>\}</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1584,7 +1535,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\[</tt>
+<code>\[</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1592,7 +1543,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\]</tt>
+<code>\]</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1600,7 +1551,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\$</tt>
+<code>\$</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1608,7 +1559,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\&lt;space&gt;</tt>
+<code>\&lt;space&gt;</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1616,7 +1567,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\;</tt>
+<code>\;</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1624,7 +1575,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\"</tt>
+<code>\"</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1632,7 +1583,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\&lt;newline&gt;</tt>
+<code>\&lt;newline&gt;</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1642,7 +1593,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\\</tt>
+<code>\\</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1650,26 +1601,26 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\ddd</tt>
+<code>\ddd</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    The digits <tt><em>ddd</em></tt> (one, two, or three of them) give the octal value of
+    The digits <code><em>ddd</em></code> (one, two, or three of them) give the octal value of
     the character.  Note that Jim supports null characters in strings.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\unnnn</tt>
+<code>\unnnn</code>
 </dt>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\u{nnn}</tt>
+<code>\u{nnn}</code>
 </dt>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\Unnnnnnnn</tt>
+<code>\Unnnnnnnn</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    The UTF-8 encoding of the unicode codepoint represented by the hex digits, <tt><em>nnnn</em></tt>, is inserted.
+    The UTF-8 encoding of the unicode codepoint represented by the hex digits, <code><em>nnnn</em></code>, is inserted.
     The <em>u</em> form allows for one to four hex digits.
     The <em>U</em> form allows for one to eight hex digits.
     The <em>u{nnn}</em> form allows for one to eight hex digits, but makes it easier to insert
@@ -1680,9 +1631,9 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>For example, in the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a \{x\[\ yz\141</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a \{x\[\ yz\141</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>the second argument to <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> will be <tt>{x[ yza</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>the second argument to <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> will be <code>{x[ yza</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If a backslash is followed by something other than one of the options
 described above, then the backslash is transmitted to the argument
 field without any special processing, and the Tcl scanner continues
@@ -1690,10 +1641,10 @@ normal processing with the next character.  For example, in the
 command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set \*a \\\{foo</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set \*a \\\{foo</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The first argument to <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> will be <tt>\*a</tt> and the second
-argument will be <tt>\{foo</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The first argument to <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> will be <code>\*a</code> and the second
+argument will be <code>\{foo</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If an argument is enclosed in braces, then backslash sequences inside
 the argument are parsed but no substitution occurs (except for
 backslash-newline):  the backslash
@@ -1705,13 +1656,13 @@ For example, in the
 command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a {\{abc}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a {\{abc}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>the second argument to <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> will be <tt>\{abc</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>the second argument to <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> will be <code>\{abc</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This backslash mechanism is not sufficient to generate absolutely
 any argument structure; it only covers the
 most common cases.  To produce particularly complicated arguments
-it is probably easiest to use the <a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a> command along with
+it is probably easiest to use the <a href="#_format"><strong><code>format</code></strong></a> command along with
 command substitution.</p></div>
 </div>
 </div>
@@ -1723,7 +1674,7 @@ specify a position in the string relative to the start or end of the string/list
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The index may be one of the following forms:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>integer</tt>
+<code>integer</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1732,20 +1683,20 @@ specify a position in the string relative to the start or end of the string/list
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>integer+integer</tt> or
+<code>integer+integer</code> or
 </dt>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>integer-integer</tt>
+<code>integer-integer</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    The sum or difference of the two integers. e.g. <tt>2+3</tt> refers to the 5th element.
-    This is useful when used with (e.g.) <tt>$i+1</tt> rather than the more verbose
-    <tt>[expr {$i+1}]</tt>
+    The sum or difference of the two integers. e.g. <code>2+3</code> refers to the 5th element.
+    This is useful when used with (e.g.) <code>$i+1</code> rather than the more verbose
+    <code>[expr {$i+1}]</code>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>end</tt>
+<code>end</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1753,7 +1704,7 @@ specify a position in the string relative to the start or end of the string/list
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>end-integer</tt>
+<code>end-integer</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1821,8 +1772,8 @@ If a field doesn&#8217;t begin with a brace then backslash,
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-If the first non-blank character of a command is a <tt>#</tt>, everything
-   from the <tt>#</tt> up through the next newline is treated as a comment
+If the first non-blank character of a command is a <code>#</code>, everything
+   from the <code>#</code> up through the next newline is treated as a comment
    and ignored.
 </p>
 </li>
@@ -1833,8 +1784,8 @@ If the first non-blank character of a command is a <tt>#</tt>, everything
 <h2 id="_expressions">EXPRESSIONS</h2>
 <div class="sectionbody">
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The second major interpretation applied to strings in Tcl is
-as expressions.  Several commands, such as <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a>,
-and <a href="#_if"><strong><tt>if</tt></strong></a>, treat one or more of their arguments as expressions
+as expressions.  Several commands, such as <a href="#_expr"><strong><code>expr</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a>,
+and <a href="#_if"><strong><code>if</code></strong></a>, treat one or more of their arguments as expressions
 and call the Tcl expression processors (<em>Jim_ExprLong</em>,
 <em>Jim_ExprBoolean</em>, etc.) to evaluate them.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The operators permitted in Tcl expressions are a subset of
@@ -1845,7 +1796,7 @@ Expressions almost always yield numeric results
 For example, the expression</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>8.2 + 6</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>8.2 + 6</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>evaluates to 14.2.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Tcl expressions differ from C expressions in the way that
@@ -1856,9 +1807,9 @@ and parentheses.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>White space may be used between the operands and operators and
 parentheses; it is ignored by the expression processor.
 Where possible, operands are interpreted as integer values.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Integer values may be specified in decimal (the normal case), in octal (if the
-first character of the operand is <em>0</em>), or in hexadecimal (if the first
-two characters of the operand are <em>0x</em>).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Integer values may be specified in decimal (the normal case) or in
+hexadecimal (if the first two characters of the operand are <em>0x</em>).
+Note that Jim Tcl does <strong>not</strong> treat numbers with leading zeros as octal.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If an operand does not have one of the integer formats given
 above, then it is treated as a floating-point number if that is
 possible.  Floating-point numbers may be specified in any of the
@@ -1923,16 +1874,16 @@ on the left side of each of the lines below will evaluate to the value
 on the right side of the line:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>$a + 3.1                6.1
+<pre><code>$a + 3.1                6.1
 2 + "$a.$b"             5.6
 4*[llength "6 2"]       8
-{word one} &lt; "word $a"  0</tt></pre>
+{word one} &lt; "word $a"  0</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The valid operators are listed below, grouped in decreasing order
 of precedence:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist" id="OperatorPrecedence"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>int() double() round() abs(), rand(), srand()</tt>
+<code>int() double() round() abs(), rand(), srand()</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1941,43 +1892,43 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 <div class="ulist"><ul>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt><em>int()</em></tt> converts the numeric argument to an integer by truncating down.
+<code><em>int()</em></code> converts the numeric argument to an integer by truncating down.
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt><em>double()</em></tt> converts the numeric argument to floating point.
+<code><em>double()</em></code> converts the numeric argument to floating point.
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt><em>round()</em></tt> converts the numeric argument to the closest integer value.
+<code><em>round()</em></code> converts the numeric argument to the closest integer value.
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt><em>abs()</em></tt> takes the absolute value of the numeric argument.
+<code><em>abs()</em></code> takes the absolute value of the numeric argument.
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt><em>rand()</em></tt> takes the absolute value of the numeric argument.
+<code><em>rand()</em></code> takes the absolute value of the numeric argument.
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt><em>rand()</em></tt> returns a pseudo-random floating-point value in the range (0,1).
+<code><em>rand()</em></code> returns a pseudo-random floating-point value in the range (0,1).
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt><em>srand()</em></tt> takes an integer argument to (re)seed the random number generator. Returns the first random number from that seed.
+<code><em>srand()</em></code> takes an integer argument to (re)seed the random number generator. Returns the first random number from that seed.
 </p>
 </li>
 </ul></div>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>sin() cos() tan() asin() acos() atan() sinh() cosh() tanh() ceil() floor() exp() log() log10() sqrt()</tt>
+<code>sin() cos() tan() asin() acos() atan() sinh() cosh() tanh() ceil() floor() exp() log() log10() sqrt()</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1986,7 +1937,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>- + ~ !</tt>
+<code>- + ~ !</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -1996,7 +1947,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>** pow(x,y)</tt>
+<code>** pow(x,y)</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2006,7 +1957,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>* / %</tt>
+<code>* / %</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2016,7 +1967,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>+ -</tt>
+<code>+ -</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2024,7 +1975,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&lt;&lt;  &gt;&gt; &lt;&lt;&lt; &gt;&gt;&gt;</tt>
+<code>&lt;&lt;  &gt;&gt; &lt;&lt;&lt; &gt;&gt;&gt;</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2032,7 +1983,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&lt;  &gt;  &lt;=  &gt;=</tt>
+<code>&lt;  &gt;  &lt;=  &gt;=</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2043,7 +1994,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>==  !=</tt>
+<code>==  !=</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2054,7 +2005,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>eq ne</tt>
+<code>eq ne</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2063,17 +2014,17 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>in ni</tt>
+<code>in ni</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     String in list and not in list. For <em>in</em>, result is 1 if the left operand (as a string)
     is contained in the right operand (as a list), or 0 otherwise. The result for
-    <tt>{$a ni $list}</tt> is equivalent to <tt>{!($a in $list)}</tt>.
+    <code>{$a ni $list}</code> is equivalent to <code>{!($a in $list)}</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&amp;</tt>
+<code>&amp;</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2081,7 +2032,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>|</tt>
+<code>|</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2089,7 +2040,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>^</tt>
+<code>^</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2097,7 +2048,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&amp;&amp;</tt>
+<code>&amp;&amp;</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2106,7 +2057,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>||</tt>
+<code>||</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2115,14 +2066,14 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>x ? y : z</tt>
+<code>x ? y : z</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    If-then-else, as in C.  If <tt><em>x</em></tt>
-    evaluates to non-zero, then the result is the value of <tt><em>y</em></tt>.
-    Otherwise the result is the value of <tt><em>z</em></tt>.
-    The <tt><em>x</em></tt> operand must have a numeric value, while <tt><em>y</em></tt> and <tt><em>z</em></tt> can
+    If-then-else, as in C.  If <code><em>x</em></code>
+    evaluates to non-zero, then the result is the value of <code><em>y</em></code>.
+    Otherwise the result is the value of <code><em>z</em></code>.
+    The <code><em>x</em></code> operand must have a numeric value, while <code><em>y</em></code> and <code><em>z</em></code> can
     be of any type.
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -2133,18 +2084,18 @@ All of the binary operators group left-to-right within the same
 precedence level.  For example, the expression</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>4*2 &lt; 7</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>4*2 &lt; 7</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>evaluates to 0.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt>&amp;&amp;</tt>, <tt>||</tt>, and <tt>?:</tt> operators have <em>lazy evaluation</em>, just as
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <code>&amp;&amp;</code>, <code>||</code>, and <code>?:</code> operators have <em>lazy evaluation</em>, just as
 in C, which means that operands are not evaluated if they are not
 needed to determine the outcome.  For example, in</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>$v ? [a] : [b]</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>$v ? [a] : [b]</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>only one of <tt>[a]</tt> or <tt>[b]</tt> will actually be evaluated,
-depending on the value of <tt>$v</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>only one of <code>[a]</code> or <code>[b]</code> will actually be evaluated,
+depending on the value of <code>$v</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>All internal computations involving integers are done with the C
 type <em>long long</em> if available, or <em>long</em> otherwise, and all internal
 computations involving floating-point are done with the C type
@@ -2163,13 +2114,13 @@ floating-point number is introduced, after which floating-point is used.
 For example,</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>5 / 4</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>5 / 4</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>yields the result 1, while</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>5 / 4.0
-5 / ( [string length "abcd"] + 0.0 )</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>5 / 4.0
+5 / ( [string length "abcd"] + 0.0 )</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>both yield the result 1.25.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>String values may be used as operands of the comparison operators,
@@ -2182,8 +2133,8 @@ a string using the C <em>sprintf</em> format specifier
 For example, the expressions</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>"0x03" &gt; "2"
-"0y" &lt; "0x12"</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>"0x03" &gt; "2"
+"0y" &lt; "0x12"</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>both evaluate to 1.  The first comparison is done using integer
 comparison, and the second is done using string comparison after
@@ -2194,10 +2145,10 @@ any white space then the Tcl interpreter will split it
 among several arguments.  For example, the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>expr $a + $b</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>expr $a + $b</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>results in three arguments being passed to <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a>:  <tt>$a</tt>,
-+, and <tt>$b</tt>.  In addition, if the expression isn&#8217;t in braces
+<div class="paragraph"><p>results in three arguments being passed to <a href="#_expr"><strong><code>expr</code></strong></a>:  <code>$a</code>,
++, and <code>$b</code>.  In addition, if the expression isn&#8217;t in braces
 then the Tcl interpreter will perform variable and command substitution
 immediately (it will happen in the command parser rather than in
 the expression parser).  In many cases the expression is being
@@ -2209,21 +2160,21 @@ evaluated, rather than once and for all at the beginning.  For example,
 the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>for {set i 1} $i&lt;=10 {incr i} {...}        ** WRONG **</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>for {set i 1} $i&lt;=10 {incr i} {...}        ** WRONG **</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>is probably intended to iterate over all values of <tt>i</tt> from 1 to 10.
-After each iteration of the body of the loop, <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> will pass
+<div class="paragraph"><p>is probably intended to iterate over all values of <code>i</code> from 1 to 10.
+After each iteration of the body of the loop, <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> will pass
 its second argument to the expression evaluator to see whether or not
-to continue processing.  Unfortunately, in this case the value of <tt>i</tt>
+to continue processing.  Unfortunately, in this case the value of <code>i</code>
 in the second argument will be substituted once and for all when the
-<a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> command is parsed.  If <tt>i</tt> was 0 before the <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a>
-command was invoked then the second argument of <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> will be <tt>0&lt;=10</tt>
-which will always evaluate to 1, even though <tt>i</tt> eventually
+<a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> command is parsed.  If <code>i</code> was 0 before the <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a>
+command was invoked then the second argument of <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> will be <code>0&lt;=10</code>
+which will always evaluate to 1, even though <code>i</code> eventually
 becomes greater than 10.  In the above case the loop will never
 terminate.  Instead, the expression should be placed in braces:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>for {set i 1} {$i&lt;=10} {incr i} {...}      ** RIGHT **</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>for {set i 1} {$i&lt;=10} {incr i} {...}      ** RIGHT **</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This causes the substitution of <em>i</em>
 to be delayed; it will be re-done each time the expression is
@@ -2239,7 +2190,7 @@ consisting of fields separated by white space.  For example, the
 string</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>Al Sue Anne John</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>Al Sue Anne John</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>is a list with four elements or fields.
 Lists have the same basic structure as command strings, except
@@ -2249,27 +2200,27 @@ and backslashes are the same for lists as for commands.  For example,
 the string</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>a b\ c {d e {f g h}}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>a b\ c {d e {f g h}}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>is a list with three elements:  <tt>a</tt>, <tt>b c</tt>, and <tt>d e {f g h}</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>is a list with three elements:  <code>a</code>, <code>b c</code>, and <code>d e {f g h}</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Whenever an element is extracted from a list, the same rules about
 braces and quotes and backslashes are applied as for commands.  Thus in
 the example above when the third element is extracted from the list,
 the result is</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>d e {f g h}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>d e {f g h}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>(when the field was extracted, all that happened was to strip off
 the outermost layer of braces).  Command substitution and
 variable substitution are never
 made on a list (at least, not by the list-processing commands; the
 list can always be passed to the Tcl interpreter for evaluation).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Tcl commands <a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lappend"><strong><tt>lappend</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_linsert"><strong><tt>linsert</tt></strong></a>,
-<a href="#_list"><strong><tt>list</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_llength"><strong><tt>llength</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lrange"><strong><tt>lrange</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lreplace"><strong><tt>lreplace</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a>, and <a href="#_lsort"><strong><tt>lsort</tt></strong></a> allow
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Tcl commands <a href="#_concat"><strong><code>concat</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_foreach"><strong><code>foreach</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lappend"><strong><code>lappend</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lindex"><strong><code>lindex</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_linsert"><strong><code>linsert</code></strong></a>,
+<a href="#_list"><strong><code>list</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_llength"><strong><code>llength</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lrange"><strong><code>lrange</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lreplace"><strong><code>lreplace</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><code>lsearch</code></strong></a>, and <a href="#_lsort"><strong><code>lsort</code></strong></a> allow
 you to build lists, extract elements from them, search them, and perform
 other list-related functions.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Advanced list commands include <a href="#_lrepeat"><strong><tt>lrepeat</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lreverse"><strong><tt>lreverse</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lmap"><strong><tt>lmap</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lassign"><strong><tt>lassign</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Advanced list commands include <a href="#_lrepeat"><strong><code>lrepeat</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lreverse"><strong><code>lreverse</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lmap"><strong><code>lmap</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lassign"><strong><code>lassign</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lset"><strong><code>lset</code></strong></a>.</p></div>
 </div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect1">
@@ -2280,19 +2231,19 @@ arguments. Support for this feature is also available in Jim.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Consider the following attempt to exec a list:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set cmd {ls -l}
-exec $cmd</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set cmd {ls -l}
+exec $cmd</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This will attempt to exec the a command named "ls -l", which will clearly not
 work. Typically eval and concat are required to solve this problem, however
-it can be solved much more easily with <tt>{*}</tt>.</p></div>
+it can be solved much more easily with <code>{*}</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>exec {*}$cmd</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>exec {*}$cmd</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This will expand the following argument into individual elements and then evaluate
 the resulting command.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the official Tcl syntax is <tt>{*}</tt>, however <tt>{expand}</tt> is retained
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the official Tcl syntax is <code>{*}</code>, however <code>{expand}</code> is retained
 for backward compatibility with experimental versions of this feature.</p></div>
 </div>
 </div>
@@ -2300,28 +2251,28 @@ for backward compatibility with experimental versions of this feature.</p></div>
 <h2 id="_regular_expressions">REGULAR EXPRESSIONS</h2>
 <div class="sectionbody">
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Tcl provides two commands that support string matching using regular
-expressions, <a href="#_regexp"><strong><tt>regexp</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_regsub"><strong><tt>regsub</tt></strong></a>, as well as <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-regexp</tt> and
-<a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-regexp</tt>.</p></div>
+expressions, <a href="#_regexp"><strong><code>regexp</code></strong></a> and <a href="#_regsub"><strong><code>regsub</code></strong></a>, as well as <a href="#_switch"><strong><code>switch</code></strong></a> <code>-regexp</code> and
+<a href="#_lsearch"><strong><code>lsearch</code></strong></a> <code>-regexp</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Regular expressions may be implemented one of two ways. Either using the system&#8217;s C library
 POSIX regular expression support, or using the built-in regular expression engine.
 The differences between these are described below.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>NOTE</strong> Tcl 7.x and 8.x use perl-style Advanced Regular Expressions (<tt>ARE</tt>).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>NOTE</strong> Tcl 7.x and 8.x use perl-style Advanced Regular Expressions (<code>ARE</code>).</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_posix_regular_expressions">POSIX Regular Expressions</h3>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the system supports POSIX regular expressions, and UTF-8 support is not enabled,
 this support will be used by default. The type of regular expressions supported are
-Extended Regular Expressions (<tt>ERE</tt>) rather than Basic Regular Expressions (<tt>BRE</tt>).
+Extended Regular Expressions (<code>ERE</code>) rather than Basic Regular Expressions (<code>BRE</code>).
 See REG_EXTENDED in the documentation.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Using the system-supported POSIX regular expressions will typically
 make for the smallest code size, but some features such as UTF-8
-and <tt>\w</tt>, <tt>\d</tt>, <tt>\s</tt> are not supported.</p></div>
+and <code>\w</code>, <code>\d</code>, <code>\s</code> are not supported.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>See regex(3) and regex(7) for full details.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_jim_built_in_regular_expressions">Jim built-in Regular Expressions</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Jim built-in regulare expression engine may be selected with <tt>./configure --with-jim-regexp</tt>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Jim built-in regulare expression engine may be selected with <code>./configure --with-jim-regexp</code>
 or it will be selected automatically if UTF-8 support is enabled.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This engine supports UTF-8 as well as some <tt>ARE</tt> features. The differences with both Tcl 7.x/8.x
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This engine supports UTF-8 as well as some <code>ARE</code> features. The differences with both Tcl 7.x/8.x
 and POSIX are highlighted below.</p></div>
 <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 <li>
@@ -2331,12 +2282,12 @@ UTF-8 strings and patterns are both supported
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Supported character classes: <tt>[:alnum:]</tt>, <tt>[:digit:]</tt> and <tt>[:space:]</tt>
+Supported character classes: <code>[:alnum:]</code>, <code>[:digit:]</code> and <code>[:space:]</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Supported shorthand character classes: <tt>\w</tt> = <tt>[:alnum:]</tt>, <tt>\d</tt> = <tt>[:digit:],</tt> <tt>\s</tt> = <tt>[:space:]</tt>
+Supported shorthand character classes: <code>\w</code> = <code>[:alnum:]</code>, <code>\d</code> = <code>[:digit:],</code> <code>\s</code> = <code>[:space:]</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -2346,22 +2297,22 @@ Character classes apply to ASCII characters only
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Supported constraint escapes: <tt>\m</tt> = <tt>\&lt;</tt> = start of word, <tt>\M</tt> = <tt>\&gt;</tt> = end of word
+Supported constraint escapes: <code>\m</code> = <code>\&lt;</code> = start of word, <code>\M</code> = <code>\&gt;</code> = end of word
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Backslash escapes may be used within regular expressions, such as <tt>\n</tt> = newline, <tt>\uNNNN</tt> = unicode
+Backslash escapes may be used within regular expressions, such as <code>\n</code> = newline, <code>\uNNNN</code> = unicode
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Support for the <tt>?</tt> non-greedy quantifier. e.g. <tt>*?</tt>
+Support for the <code>?</code> non-greedy quantifier. e.g. <code>*?</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Support for non-capuring parentheses <tt>(?:&#8230;)</tt>
+Support for non-capuring parentheses <code>(?:&#8230;)</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 </ol></div>
@@ -2377,7 +2328,7 @@ and the string gives additional information.  The valid codes are
 defined in jim.h, and are:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>JIM_OK(0)</tt>
+<code>JIM_OK(0)</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2386,7 +2337,7 @@ defined in jim.h, and are:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>JIM_ERR(1)</tt>
+<code>JIM_ERR(1)</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2395,73 +2346,73 @@ defined in jim.h, and are:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>JIM_RETURN(2)</tt>
+<code>JIM_RETURN(2)</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Indicates that the <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> command has been invoked, and that the
-    current procedure (or top-level command or <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command)
+    Indicates that the <a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a> command has been invoked, and that the
+    current procedure (or top-level command or <a href="#_source"><strong><code>source</code></strong></a> command)
     should return immediately.  The
     string gives the return value for the procedure or command.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>JIM_BREAK(3)</tt>
+<code>JIM_BREAK(3)</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Indicates that the <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a> command has been invoked, so the
+    Indicates that the <a href="#_break"><strong><code>break</code></strong></a> command has been invoked, so the
     innermost loop should abort immediately.  The string should always
     be empty.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>JIM_CONTINUE(4)</tt>
+<code>JIM_CONTINUE(4)</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Indicates that the <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a> command has been invoked, so the
+    Indicates that the <a href="#_continue"><strong><code>continue</code></strong></a> command has been invoked, so the
     innermost loop should go on to the next iteration.  The string
     should always be empty.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>JIM_SIGNAL(5)</tt>
+<code>JIM_SIGNAL(5)</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Indicates that a signal was caught while executing a commands.
     The string contains the name of the signal caught.
-    See the <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> commands.
+    See the <a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a> and <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> commands.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>JIM_EXIT(6)</tt>
+<code>JIM_EXIT(6)</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Indicates that the command called the <a href="#_exit"><strong><tt>exit</tt></strong></a> command.
+    Indicates that the command called the <a href="#_exit"><strong><code>exit</code></strong></a> command.
     The string contains the exit code.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Tcl programmers do not normally need to think about return codes,
-since <tt>JIM_OK</tt> is almost always returned.  If anything else is returned
+since <code>JIM_OK</code> is almost always returned.  If anything else is returned
 by a command, then the Tcl interpreter immediately stops processing
 commands and returns to its caller.  If there are several nested
 invocations of the Tcl interpreter in progress, then each nested
 command will usually return the error to its caller, until eventually
 the error is reported to the top-level application code.  The
 application will then display the error message for the user.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In a few cases, some commands will handle certain <a href="#_error"><strong><tt>error</tt></strong></a> conditions
-themselves and not return them upwards.  For example, the <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a>
-command checks for the <tt>JIM_BREAK</tt> code; if it occurs, then <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a>
-stops executing the body of the loop and returns <tt>JIM_OK</tt> to its
-caller.  The <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> command also handles <tt>JIM_CONTINUE</tt> codes and the
-procedure interpreter handles <tt>JIM_RETURN</tt> codes.  The <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In a few cases, some commands will handle certain <a href="#_error"><strong><code>error</code></strong></a> conditions
+themselves and not return them upwards.  For example, the <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a>
+command checks for the <code>JIM_BREAK</code> code; if it occurs, then <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a>
+stops executing the body of the loop and returns <code>JIM_OK</code> to its
+caller.  The <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> command also handles <code>JIM_CONTINUE</code> codes and the
+procedure interpreter handles <code>JIM_RETURN</code> codes.  The <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a>
 command allows Tcl programs to catch errors and handle them without
 aborting command interpretation any further.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>returncodes</tt> command may be used to programmatically map between
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>returncodes</code> command may be used to programmatically map between
 return codes and names.</p></div>
 </div>
 </div>
@@ -2474,18 +2425,18 @@ command (it has a name and it receives one or more arguments).
 The only difference is that its body isn&#8217;t a piece of C code linked
 into the program; it is a string containing one or more other
 Tcl commands.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> command is used to create a new Tcl command procedure:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>proc</strong> <em>name arglist ?statics? body</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The new command is named <tt><em>name</em></tt>, and it replaces any existing command
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a> command is used to create a new Tcl command procedure:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>proc</strong> <em>name arglist ?statics? body</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The new command is named <code><em>name</em></code>, and it replaces any existing command
 there may have been by that name. Whenever the new command is
-invoked, the contents of <tt><em>body</em></tt> will be executed by the Tcl
+invoked, the contents of <code><em>body</em></code> will be executed by the Tcl
 interpreter.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>arglist</em></tt> specifies the formal arguments to the procedure.
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>arglist</em></code> specifies the formal arguments to the procedure.
 It consists of a list, possibly empty, of the following
 argument specifiers:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>name</tt>
+<code>name</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2493,7 +2444,7 @@ argument specifiers:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>name default</tt>
+<code>name default</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -2503,26 +2454,26 @@ argument specifiers:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&amp;name</tt>
+<code>&amp;name</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Reference Argument - The caller is expected to pass the name of
-    an existing variable. An implicit <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> <tt>1 'origname' 'name'</tt> is done
+    an existing variable. An implicit <a href="#_upvar"><strong><code>upvar</code></strong></a> <code>1 'origname' 'name'</code> is done
     to make the variable available in the proc scope.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>args</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>args</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Variable Argument - The special name <tt><em>args</em></tt>, which is
+    Variable Argument - The special name <code><em>args</em></code>, which is
     assigned all remaining arguments (including none) as a list. The
     variable argument may only be specified once. Note that
-    the syntax <tt>args newname</tt> may be used to retain the special
-    behaviour of <tt><em>args</em></tt> with a different local name. In this case,
-    the variable is named <tt><em>newname</em></tt> rather than <tt><em>args</em></tt>.
+    the syntax <code>args newname</code> may be used to retain the special
+    behaviour of <code><em>args</em></code> with a different local name. In this case,
+    the variable is named <code><em>newname</em></code> rather than <code><em>args</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
@@ -2556,11 +2507,11 @@ Variable Argument
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The following example illustrates precedence. Assume a procedure declaration:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>proc p {{a A} args b {c C} d} {...}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>proc p {{a A} args b {c C} d} {...}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This procedure requires at least two arguments, but can accept an unlimited number.
 The following table shows how various numbers of arguments are assigned.
-Values marked as <tt>-</tt> are assigned the default value.</p></div>
+Values marked as <code>-</code> are assigned the default value.</p></div>
 <div class="tableblock">
 <table rules="all"
 width="40%"
@@ -2626,11 +2577,11 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
 </tbody>
 </table>
 </div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When <tt><em>body</em></tt> is being executed, variable names normally refer to local
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When <code><em>body</em></code> is being executed, variable names normally refer to local
 variables, which are created automatically when referenced and deleted
 when the procedure returns.  One local variable is automatically created
 for each of the procedure&#8217;s arguments.  Global variables can be
-accessed by invoking the <a href="#_global"><strong><tt>global</tt></strong></a> command or via the <tt>::</tt> prefix.</p></div>
+accessed by invoking the <a href="#_global"><strong><code>global</code></strong></a> command or via the <code>::</code> prefix.</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_new_in_jim">New in Jim</h3>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>In addition to procedure arguments, Jim procedures may declare static variables.
@@ -2639,7 +2590,7 @@ Either from the static variable definition, or from the enclosing scope.</p></di
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Consider the following example:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; set a 1
+<pre><code>jim&gt; set a 1
 jim&gt; proc a {} {a {b 2}} {
     set c 1
     puts "$a $b $c"
@@ -2650,15 +2601,15 @@ jim&gt; proc a {} {a {b 2}} {
 jim&gt; a
 1 2 1
 jim&gt; a
-2 3 1</tt></pre>
+2 3 1</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The static variable <tt><em>a</em></tt> has no initialiser, so it is initialised from
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The static variable <code><em>a</em></code> has no initialiser, so it is initialised from
 the enclosing scope with the value 1. (Note that it is an error if there
-is no variable with the same name in the enclosing scope). However <tt><em>b</em></tt>
+is no variable with the same name in the enclosing scope). However <code><em>b</em></code>
 has an initialiser, so it is initialised to 2.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Unlike a local variable, the value of a static variable is retained across
 invocations of the procedure.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See the <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> command for information on how to define procedures
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See the <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a> command for information on how to define procedures
 and what happens when they are invoked. See also NAMESPACES.</p></div>
 </div>
 </div>
@@ -2667,7 +2618,7 @@ and what happens when they are invoked. See also NAMESPACES.</p></div>
 <h2 id="_variables_scalars_and_arrays">VARIABLES - SCALARS AND ARRAYS</h2>
 <div class="sectionbody">
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Tcl allows the definition of variables and the use of their values
-either through <em>$</em>-style variable substitution, the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a>
+either through <em>$</em>-style variable substitution, the <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a>
 command, or a few other mechanisms.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Variables need not be declared:  a new variable will automatically
 be created each time a new variable name is used.</p></div>
@@ -2680,7 +2631,7 @@ Parentheses are used refer to array elements in Tcl commands.
 For example, the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set x(first) 44</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set x(first) 44</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will modify the element of <em>x</em> whose index is <em>first</em>
 so that its new value is <em>44</em>.</p></div>
@@ -2689,8 +2640,8 @@ that contain multiple concatenated values.
 For example, the commands</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a(2,3) 1
-set a(3,6) 2</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a(2,3) 1
+set a(3,6) 2</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>set the elements of <em>a</em> whose indexes are <em>2,3</em> and <em>3,6</em>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>In general, array elements may be used anywhere in Tcl that scalar
@@ -2701,8 +2652,8 @@ not be a scalar variable with the same name.</p></div>
 name then it is not possible to make array references to the
 variable.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>To convert a scalar variable to an array or vice versa, remove
-the existing variable with the <a href="#_unset"><strong><tt>unset</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_array"><strong><tt>array</tt></strong></a> command provides several features for dealing
+the existing variable with the <a href="#_unset"><strong><code>unset</code></strong></a> command.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_array"><strong><code>array</code></strong></a> command provides several features for dealing
 with arrays, such as querying the names of all the elements of
 the array and converting between an array and a list.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Variables may be either global or local.  If a variable
@@ -2710,28 +2661,28 @@ name is used when a procedure isn&#8217;t being executed, then it
 automatically refers to a global variable.  Variable names used
 within a procedure normally refer to local variables associated with that
 invocation of the procedure.  Local variables are deleted whenever
-a procedure exits.  Either <a href="#_global"><strong><tt>global</tt></strong></a> command may be used to request
+a procedure exits.  Either <a href="#_global"><strong><code>global</code></strong></a> command may be used to request
 that a name refer to a global variable for the duration of the current
 procedure (this is somewhat analogous to <em>extern</em> in C), or the variable
-may be explicitly scoped with the <tt>::</tt> prefix. For example</p></div>
+may be explicitly scoped with the <code>::</code> prefix. For example</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a 1
+<pre><code>set a 1
 set b 2
 proc p {} {
     set c 3
-    global a</tt></pre>
+    global a</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>    puts "$a $::b $c"
+<pre><code>    puts "$a $::b $c"
 }
-p</tt></pre>
+p</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will output:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>1 2 3</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>1 2 3</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 </div>
@@ -2744,27 +2695,27 @@ can convert between a string and a list.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>For example:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a {1 one 2 two}
-puts $a(2)</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a {1 one 2 two}
+puts $a(2)</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will output:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>two</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>two</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Thus <a href="#_array"><strong><tt>array</tt></strong></a> <tt>set</tt> is equivalent to <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> when the variable does not
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Thus <a href="#_array"><strong><code>array</code></strong></a> <code>set</code> is equivalent to <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> when the variable does not
 exist or is empty.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The reverse is also true where an array will be converted into
 a list.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a(1) one; set a(2) two
-puts $a</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a(1) one; set a(2) two
+puts $a</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will output:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>1 one 2 two</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>1 one 2 two</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 </div>
@@ -2804,7 +2755,7 @@ Thus automatic conversion between lists and dictionaries applies
 as it does for arrays.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; dict set a 1 one
+<pre><code>jim&gt; dict set a 1 one
 1 one
 jim&gt; dict set a 2 two
 1 one 2 two
@@ -2813,9 +2764,9 @@ jim&gt; puts $a
 jim&gt; puts $a(2)
 two
 jim&gt; dict set a 3 T three
-1 one 2 two 3 {T three}</tt></pre>
+1 one 2 two 3 {T three}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See the <a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a> command for more details.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See the <a href="#_dict"><strong><code>dict</code></strong></a> command for more details.</p></div>
 </div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect1">
@@ -2827,7 +2778,7 @@ in Jim Tcl (which does not strive to support large applications), it is convenie
 provide a subset of the support for namespaces to easy porting code from Tcl.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Jim Tcl currently supports "light-weight" namespaces which should be adequate for most
 purposes. This feature is currently experimental. See README.namespaces for more information
-and the documentation of the <a href="#_namespace"><strong><tt>namespace</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>
+and the documentation of the <a href="#_namespace"><strong><code>namespace</code></strong></a> command.</p></div>
 </div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect1">
@@ -2843,23 +2794,23 @@ where the value may be garbage collected when unreferenced.
 Consider the following example:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; set r [ref "One String" test]
+<pre><code>jim&gt; set r [ref "One String" test]
 &lt;reference.&lt;test___&gt;.00000000000000000000&gt;
 jim&gt; getref $r
-One String</tt></pre>
+One String</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a> creates a references to the value specified by the
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <a href="#_ref"><strong><code>ref</code></strong></a> creates a references to the value specified by the
 first argument. (The second argument is a "type" used for documentation purposes).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <a href="#_getref"><strong><tt>getref</tt></strong></a> is the dereferencing operation which retrieves the value
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <a href="#_getref"><strong><code>getref</code></strong></a> is the dereferencing operation which retrieves the value
 stored in the reference.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; setref $r "New String"
+<pre><code>jim&gt; setref $r "New String"
 New String
 jim&gt; getref $r
-New String</tt></pre>
+New String</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <a href="#_setref"><strong><tt>setref</tt></strong></a> replaces the value stored by the reference. If the old value
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <a href="#_setref"><strong><code>setref</code></strong></a> replaces the value stored by the reference. If the old value
 is no longer accessible by any reference, it will eventually be automatically be garbage
 collected.</p></div>
 </div>
@@ -2870,11 +2821,11 @@ automatically as necessary.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>With the introduction of references, it is possible to create values whose lifetime
 transcend their scope. To support this, case, the Jim system will periodically identify
 and discard objects which are no longer accessible by any reference.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_collect"><strong><tt>collect</tt></strong></a> command may be used to force garbage collection.  Consider a reference created
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_collect"><strong><code>collect</code></strong></a> command may be used to force garbage collection.  Consider a reference created
 with a finalizer:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; proc f {ref value} { puts "Finaliser called for $ref,$value" }
+<pre><code>jim&gt; proc f {ref value} { puts "Finaliser called for $ref,$value" }
 jim&gt; set r [ref "One String" test f]
 &lt;reference.&lt;test___&gt;.00000000000
 jim&gt; collect
@@ -2882,18 +2833,18 @@ jim&gt; collect
 jim&gt; set r ""
 jim&gt; collect
 Finaliser called for &lt;reference.&lt;test___&gt;.00000000000,One String
-1</tt></pre>
+1</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Note that once the reference, <em>r</em>, was modified so that it no longer
 contained a reference to the value, the garbage collector discarded
 the value (after calling the finalizer).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The finalizer for a reference may be examined or changed with the <a href="#_finalize"><strong><tt>finalize</tt></strong></a> command</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The finalizer for a reference may be examined or changed with the <a href="#_finalize"><strong><code>finalize</code></strong></a> command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; finalize $r
+<pre><code>jim&gt; finalize $r
 f
 jim&gt; finalize $r newf
-newf</tt></pre>
+newf</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
@@ -2902,12 +2853,12 @@ newf</tt></pre>
 which is able to create an anonymous procedure.  Consider:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; set f [lambda {a} {{x 0}} { incr x $a }]
+<pre><code>jim&gt; set f [lambda {a} {{x 0}} { incr x $a }]
 jim&gt; $f 1
 1
 jim&gt; $f 2
 3
-jim&gt; set f ""</tt></pre>
+jim&gt; set f ""</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This create an anonymous procedure (with the name stored in <em>f</em>), with a static variable
 which is incremented by the supplied value and the result returned.</p></div>
@@ -2916,7 +2867,7 @@ when the garbage collector runs.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The procedure may also be delete immediately by renaming it "". e.g.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; rename $f ""</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>jim&gt; rename $f ""</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 </div>
@@ -2926,55 +2877,55 @@ when the garbage collector runs.</p></div>
 <div class="sectionbody">
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If Jim is built with UTF-8 support enabled (configure --enable-utf),
 then most string-related commands become UTF-8 aware.  These include,
-but are not limited to, <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>, <a href="#_split"><strong><tt>split</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_glob"><strong><tt>glob</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_scan"><strong><tt>scan</tt></strong></a> and
-<a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>
+but are not limited to, <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>match</code>, <a href="#_split"><strong><code>split</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_glob"><strong><code>glob</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_scan"><strong><code>scan</code></strong></a> and
+<a href="#_format"><strong><code>format</code></strong></a>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>UTF-8 encoding has many advantages, but one of the complications is that
 characters can take a variable number of bytes. Thus the addition of
-<a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>bytelength</tt> which returns the number of bytes in a string,
-while <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>length</tt> returns the number of characters.</p></div>
+<a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>bytelength</code> which returns the number of bytes in a string,
+while <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>length</code> returns the number of characters.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If UTF-8 support is not enabled, all commands treat bytes as characters
-and <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>bytelength</tt> returns the same value as <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>length</tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that even if UTF-8 support is not enabled, the <tt>\uNNNN</tt> and related syntax
+and <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>bytelength</code> returns the same value as <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>length</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that even if UTF-8 support is not enabled, the <code>\uNNNN</code> and related syntax
 is still available to embed UTF-8 sequences.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Jim Tcl supports all currently defined unicode codepoints. That is 21 bits, up to +<em>U+1FFFFF</em>.</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_string_matching">String Matching</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Commands such as <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>, <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-glob</tt>, <a href="#_array"><strong><tt>array</tt></strong></a> <tt>names</tt> and others use string
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Commands such as <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>match</code>, <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><code>lsearch</code></strong></a> <code>-glob</code>, <a href="#_array"><strong><code>array</code></strong></a> <code>names</code> and others use string
 pattern matching rules. These commands support UTF-8. For example:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>string match a\[\ua0-\ubf\]b "a\u00a3b"</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>string match a\[\ua0-\ubf\]b "a\u00a3b"</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_format_and_scan">format and scan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt>format %c</tt> allows a unicode codepoint to be be encoded. For example, the following will return
-a string with two bytes and one character. The same as <tt>\ub5</tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code>format %c</code> allows a unicode codepoint to be be encoded. For example, the following will return
+a string with two bytes and one character. The same as <code>\ub5</code></p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>format %c 0xb5</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>format %c 0xb5</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a> respects widths as character widths, not byte widths. For example, the following will
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_format"><strong><code>format</code></strong></a> respects widths as character widths, not byte widths. For example, the following will
 return a string with three characters, not three bytes.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>format %.3s \ub5\ub6\ub7\ub8</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>format %.3s \ub5\ub6\ub7\ub8</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Similarly, <tt>scan &#8230; %c</tt> allows a UTF-8 to be decoded to a unicode codepoint. The following will set
-<tt><em>a</em></tt> to 181 (0xb5) and <tt><em>b</em></tt> to 65 (0x41).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Similarly, <code>scan &#8230; %c</code> allows a UTF-8 to be decoded to a unicode codepoint. The following will set
+<code><em>a</em></code> to 181 (0xb5) and <code><em>b</em></code> to 65 (0x41).</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>scan \u00b5A %c%c a b</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>scan \u00b5A %c%c a b</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_scan"><strong><tt>scan</tt></strong></a> <tt>%s</tt> will also accept a character class, including unicode ranges.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_scan"><strong><code>scan</code></strong></a> <code>%s</code> will also accept a character class, including unicode ranges.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_string_classes">String Classes</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>is</tt> has <strong>not</strong> been extended to classify UTF-8 characters. Therefore, the following
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>is</code> has <strong>not</strong> been extended to classify UTF-8 characters. Therefore, the following
 will return 0, even though the string may be considered to be alphabetic.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>string is alpha \ub5Test</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>string is alpha \ub5Test</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This does not affect the string classes <em>ascii</em>, <em>control</em>, <em>digit</em>, <em>double</em>, <em>integer</em> or <em>xdigit</em>.</p></div>
 </div>
@@ -2983,11 +2934,11 @@ will return 0, even though the string may be considered to be alphabetic.</p></d
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Jim provides a simplified unicode case mapping. This means that case conversion
 and comparison will not increase or decrease the number of characters in a string.
 (Although it may change the number of bytes).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>toupper</tt> will convert any lowercase letters to their uppercase equivalent.
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>toupper</code> will convert any lowercase letters to their uppercase equivalent.
 Any character which is not a letter or has no uppercase equivalent is left unchanged.
-Similarly for <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>tolower</tt> and <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>totitle</tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Commands which perform case insensitive matches, such as <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>compare -nocase</tt>
-and <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-nocase</tt> fold both strings to uppercase before comparison.</p></div>
+Similarly for <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>tolower</code> and <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>totitle</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Commands which perform case insensitive matches, such as <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>compare -nocase</code>
+and <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><code>lsearch</code></strong></a> <code>-nocase</code> fold both strings to uppercase before comparison.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_invalid_utf_8_sequences">Invalid UTF-8 Sequences</h3>
@@ -2998,7 +2949,7 @@ and those which end prematurely, such as a lone <em>0xc2</em>.</p></div>
 the following returns 2.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>string bytelength \xff\xff</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>string bytelength \xff\xff</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
@@ -3016,13 +2967,13 @@ selected which supports UTF-8 strings and patterns.</p></div>
 be available in any application using Tcl.  In addition to these
 built-in commands, there may be additional commands defined by each
 application, plus commands defined as Tcl procedures.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In the command syntax descriptions below, words in <tt><strong>boldface</strong></tt> are
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In the command syntax descriptions below, words in <code><strong>boldface</strong></code> are
 literals that you type verbatim to Tcl.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Words in <tt><em>italics</em></tt> are meta-symbols; they serve as names for any of
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Words in <code><em>italics</em></code> are meta-symbols; they serve as names for any of
 a range of values that you can type.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Optional arguments or groups of arguments are indicated by enclosing them
-in <tt>?question-marks?</tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ellipses (<tt>...</tt>) indicate that any number of additional
+in <code>?question-marks?</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ellipses (<code>...</code>) indicate that any number of additional
 arguments or groups of arguments may appear, in the same format
 as the preceding argument(s).</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">
@@ -3042,154 +2993,154 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
 <col width="12%" />
 <tbody>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>after</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_aio"><strong><tt>aio</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_alarm"><strong><tt>alarm</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_append"><strong><tt>append</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_apply"><strong><tt>apply</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_array"><strong><tt>array</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_binary"><strong><tt>binary</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>after</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_aio"><strong><code>aio</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_alarm"><strong><code>alarm</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_alias"><strong><code>alias</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_append"><strong><code>append</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_apply"><strong><code>apply</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_array"><strong><code>array</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_binary"><strong><code>binary</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_case"><strong><tt>case</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_cd"><strong><tt>cd</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_4"><strong><tt>class</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_clock"><strong><tt>clock</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_close"><strong><tt>close</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_collect"><strong><tt>collect</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_break"><strong><code>break</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_case"><strong><code>case</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_cd"><strong><code>cd</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_4"><strong><code>class</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_clock"><strong><code>clock</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_close"><strong><code>close</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_collect"><strong><code>collect</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_curry"><strong><tt>curry</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_env"><strong><tt>env</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_eof"><strong><tt>eof</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_error"><strong><tt>error</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_concat"><strong><code>concat</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_continue"><strong><code>continue</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_curry"><strong><code>curry</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_dict"><strong><code>dict</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_env"><strong><code>env</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_eof"><strong><code>eof</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_error"><strong><code>error</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_eval"><strong><code>eval</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>eventloop</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exists"><strong><tt>exists</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exit"><strong><tt>exit</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_fconfigure"><strong><tt>fconfigure</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_finalize"><strong><tt>finalize</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>eventloop</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exists"><strong><code>exists</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exit"><strong><code>exit</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_expr"><strong><code>expr</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_fconfigure"><strong><code>fconfigure</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_file"><strong><code>file</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_finalize"><strong><code>finalize</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_flush"><strong><tt>flush</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_getref"><strong><tt>getref</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_gets"><strong><tt>gets</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_glob"><strong><tt>glob</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_global"><strong><tt>global</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_flush"><strong><code>flush</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_foreach"><strong><code>foreach</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_format"><strong><code>format</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_getref"><strong><code>getref</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_gets"><strong><code>gets</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_glob"><strong><code>glob</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_global"><strong><code>global</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_history"><strong><tt>history</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_if"><strong><tt>if</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_incr"><strong><tt>incr</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_join"><strong><tt>join</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_kill"><strong><tt>kill</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lappend"><strong><tt>lappend</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_history"><strong><code>history</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_if"><strong><code>if</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_incr"><strong><code>incr</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_join"><strong><code>join</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_kill"><strong><code>kill</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lambda"><strong><code>lambda</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lappend"><strong><code>lappend</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lassign"><strong><tt>lassign</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_linsert"><strong><tt>linsert</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_list"><strong><tt>list</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_llength"><strong><tt>llength</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lmap"><strong><tt>lmap</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_load"><strong><tt>load</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lassign"><strong><code>lassign</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lindex"><strong><code>lindex</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_linsert"><strong><code>linsert</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_list"><strong><code>list</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_llength"><strong><code>llength</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lmap"><strong><code>lmap</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_load"><strong><code>load</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_local"><strong><code>local</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_loop"><strong><tt>loop</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lrange"><strong><tt>lrange</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lrepeat"><strong><tt>lrepeat</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lreplace"><strong><tt>lreplace</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lreverse"><strong><tt>lreverse</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lsort"><strong><tt>lsort</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_loop"><strong><code>loop</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lrange"><strong><code>lrange</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lrepeat"><strong><code>lrepeat</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lreplace"><strong><code>lreplace</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lreverse"><strong><code>lreverse</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lsearch"><strong><code>lsearch</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lset"><strong><code>lset</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lsort"><strong><code>lsort</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_namespace"><strong><tt>namespace</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_4"><strong><tt>oo</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.fork</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.gethostname</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.getids</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.uptime</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.wait</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_namespace"><strong><code>namespace</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_4"><strong><code>oo</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><code>os.fork</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><code>os.gethostname</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><code>os.getids</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><code>os.uptime</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><code>os.wait</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_3"><strong><tt>pack</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_3"><strong><tt>pack</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_package"><strong><tt>package</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_pid"><strong><tt>pid</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>posix</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_puts"><strong><tt>puts</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_pwd"><strong><tt>pwd</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_3"><strong><code>pack</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_3"><strong><code>pack</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_package"><strong><code>package</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_pid"><strong><code>pid</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><code>posix</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_puts"><strong><code>puts</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_pwd"><strong><code>pwd</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_rand"><strong><tt>rand</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_range"><strong><tt>range</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_read"><strong><tt>read</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_regexp"><strong><tt>regexp</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_regsub"><strong><tt>regsub</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_rename"><strong><tt>rename</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_rand"><strong><code>rand</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_range"><strong><code>range</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_read"><strong><code>read</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_ref"><strong><code>ref</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_regexp"><strong><code>regexp</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_regsub"><strong><code>regsub</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_rename"><strong><code>rename</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_scan"><strong><tt>scan</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_seek"><strong><tt>seek</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_setref"><strong><tt>setref</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_sleep"><strong><tt>sleep</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_scan"><strong><code>scan</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_seek"><strong><code>seek</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_setref"><strong><code>setref</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_sleep"><strong><code>sleep</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_socket"><strong><code>socket</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_source"><strong><code>source</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_split"><strong><tt>split</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_stackdump"><strong><tt>stackdump</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_stacktrace"><strong><tt>stacktrace</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_subst"><strong><tt>subst</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_4"><strong><tt>super</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_syslog"><strong><tt>syslog</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_split"><strong><code>split</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_stackdump"><strong><code>stackdump</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_stacktrace"><strong><code>stacktrace</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_subst"><strong><code>subst</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_4"><strong><code>super</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_switch"><strong><code>switch</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_syslog"><strong><code>syslog</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tailcall"><strong><tt>tailcall</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tcl_prefix"><strong><tt>tcl::prefix</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tell"><strong><tt>tell</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_throw"><strong><tt>throw</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_time"><strong><tt>time</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tree"><strong><tt>tree</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tailcall"><strong><code>tailcall</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tcl_prefix"><strong><code>tcl::prefix</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tell"><strong><code>tell</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_throw"><strong><code>throw</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_time"><strong><code>time</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tree"><strong><code>tree</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_try"><strong><code>try</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_unknown"><strong><code>unknown</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_3"><strong><tt>unpack</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_unset"><strong><tt>unset</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_upcall"><strong><tt>upcall</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>update</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>vwait</tt></strong></a></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_3"><strong><code>unpack</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_unset"><strong><code>unset</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_upcall"><strong><code>upcall</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>update</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_uplevel"><strong><code>uplevel</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_upvar"><strong><code>upvar</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>vwait</code></strong></a></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_while"><strong><code>while</code></strong></a></p></td>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
@@ -3197,72 +3148,72 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_alarm">alarm</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>alarm</strong> <em>seconds</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Delivers the <tt>SIGALRM</tt> signal to the process after the given
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>alarm</strong> <em>seconds</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Delivers the <code>SIGALRM</code> signal to the process after the given
 number of seconds. If the platform supports <em>ualarm(3)</em> then
 the argument may be a floating point value. Otherwise it must
 be an integer.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that unless a signal handler for <tt>SIGALRM</tt> has been installed
-(see <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a>), the process will exit on this signal.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that unless a signal handler for <code>SIGALRM</code> has been installed
+(see <a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a>), the process will exit on this signal.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_alias">alias</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>alias</strong> <em>name args...</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>alias</strong> <em>name args...</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Creates a single word alias (command) for one or more words. For example,
-the following creates an alias for the command <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>exists</tt>.</p></div>
+the following creates an alias for the command <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>exists</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>alias e info exists
+<pre><code>alias e info exists
 if {[e var]} {
   ...
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a> returns <tt><em>name</em></tt>, allowing it to be used with <a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_curry"><strong><tt>curry</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>alias</tt>, <a href="#_exists"><strong><tt>exists</tt></strong></a> <tt>-alias</tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_alias"><strong><code>alias</code></strong></a> returns <code><em>name</em></code>, allowing it to be used with <a href="#_local"><strong><code>local</code></strong></a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_curry"><strong><code>curry</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lambda"><strong><code>lambda</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_local"><strong><code>local</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>alias</code>, <a href="#_exists"><strong><code>exists</code></strong></a> <code>-alias</code></p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_append">append</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>append</strong> <em>varName value ?value value &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Append all of the <tt><em>value</em></tt> arguments to the current value
-of variable <tt><em>varName</em></tt>.  If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> doesn&#8217;t exist,
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>append</strong> <em>varName value ?value value &#8230;?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Append all of the <code><em>value</em></code> arguments to the current value
+of variable <code><em>varName</em></code>.  If <code><em>varName</em></code> doesn&#8217;t exist,
 it is given a value equal to the concatenation of all the
-<tt><em>value</em></tt> arguments.</p></div>
+<code><em>value</em></code> arguments.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command provides an efficient way to build up long
 variables incrementally.
-For example, "<a href="#_append"><strong><tt>append</tt></strong></a> <tt>a $b</tt>" is much more efficient than
-"<a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> <tt>a $a$b</tt>" if <tt>$a</tt> is long.</p></div>
+For example, "<a href="#_append"><strong><code>append</code></strong></a> <code>a $b</code>" is much more efficient than
+"<a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> <code>a $a$b</code>" if <code>$a</code> is long.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_apply">apply</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>apply</strong> <em>lambdaExpr ?arg1 arg2 ...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The command <a href="#_apply"><strong><tt>apply</tt></strong></a> provides for anonymous procedure calls,
-similar to <a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a>, but without command name being created, even temporarily.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The function  <tt><em>lambdaExpr</em></tt> is a two element list <tt>{args body}</tt>
-or a three element list <tt>{args body namespace}</tt>. The first element
-args specifies the formal arguments, in the same form as the <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a> commands.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>apply</strong> <em>lambdaExpr ?arg1 arg2 ...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The command <a href="#_apply"><strong><code>apply</code></strong></a> provides for anonymous procedure calls,
+similar to <a href="#_lambda"><strong><code>lambda</code></strong></a>, but without command name being created, even temporarily.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The function  <code><em>lambdaExpr</em></code> is a two element list <code>{args body}</code>
+or a three element list <code>{args body namespace}</code>. The first element
+args specifies the formal arguments, in the same form as the <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a> and <a href="#_lambda"><strong><code>lambda</code></strong></a> commands.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_array">array</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>array</strong> <em>option arrayName ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>array</strong> <em>option arrayName ?arg...?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command performs one of several operations on the
-variable given by <tt><em>arrayName</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that in general, if the named array does not exist, the <tt><em>array</em></tt> command behaves
+variable given by <code><em>arrayName</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that in general, if the named array does not exist, the <code><em>array</em></code> command behaves
 as though the array exists but is empty.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>option</em></tt> argument determines what action is carried out by the
-command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <code><em>option</em></code> argument determines what action is carried out by the
+command.  The legal <code><em>options</em></code> (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>array exists</strong> <em>arrayName</em></tt>
+<code><strong>array exists</strong> <em>arrayName</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Returns 1 if arrayName is an array variable, 0 if there is
     no variable by that name.  This command is essentially
-    identical to <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>exists</tt>
+    identical to <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>exists</code>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>array get</strong> <em>arrayName ?pattern?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>array get</strong> <em>arrayName ?pattern?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3279,7 +3230,7 @@ command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> (which may be abbreviated) are:</p
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>array names</strong> <em>arrayName ?pattern?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>array names</strong> <em>arrayName ?pattern?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3294,7 +3245,7 @@ command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> (which may be abbreviated) are:</p
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>array set</strong> <em>arrayName list</em></tt>
+<code><strong>array set</strong> <em>arrayName list</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3309,7 +3260,7 @@ command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> (which may be abbreviated) are:</p
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>array size</strong> <em>arrayName</em></tt>
+<code><strong>array size</strong> <em>arrayName</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3318,7 +3269,7 @@ command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> (which may be abbreviated) are:</p
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>array unset</strong> <em>arrayName ?pattern?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>array unset</strong> <em>arrayName ?pattern?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3335,26 +3286,26 @@ command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> (which may be abbreviated) are:</p
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_break">break</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>break</strong></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>break</strong></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command may be invoked only inside the body of a loop command
-such as <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a>.  It returns a <tt>JIM_BREAK</tt> code
+such as <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> or <a href="#_foreach"><strong><code>foreach</code></strong></a> or <a href="#_while"><strong><code>while</code></strong></a>.  It returns a <code>JIM_BREAK</code> code
 to signal the innermost containing loop command to return immediately.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_case">case</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>case</strong> <em>string</em> ?in? <em>patList body ?patList body &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>case</strong> <em>string</em> ?in? {<em>patList body ?patList body &#8230;?</em>}</tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Note</strong> that the <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> command should generally be preferred unless compatibility
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>case</strong> <em>string</em> ?in? <em>patList body ?patList body &#8230;?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>case</strong> <em>string</em> ?in? {<em>patList body ?patList body &#8230;?</em>}</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Note</strong> that the <a href="#_switch"><strong><code>switch</code></strong></a> command should generally be preferred unless compatibility
 with Tcl 6.x is desired.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Match <tt><em>string</em></tt> against each of the <tt><em>patList</em></tt> arguments
-in order.  If one matches, then evaluate the following <tt><em>body</em></tt> argument
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Match <code><em>string</em></code> against each of the <code><em>patList</em></code> arguments
+in order.  If one matches, then evaluate the following <code><em>body</em></code> argument
 by passing it recursively to the Tcl interpreter, and return the result
-of that evaluation.  Each <tt><em>patList</em></tt> argument consists of a single
+of that evaluation.  Each <code><em>patList</em></code> argument consists of a single
 pattern or list of patterns.  Each pattern may contain any of the wild-cards
-described under <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <tt><em>patList</em></tt> argument is <tt>default</tt>, the corresponding body will be
-evaluated if no <tt><em>patList</em></tt> matches <tt><em>string</em></tt>.  If no <tt><em>patList</em></tt> argument
-matches <tt><em>string</em></tt> and no default is given, then the <a href="#_case"><strong><tt>case</tt></strong></a> command returns
+described under <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>match</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <code><em>patList</em></code> argument is <code>default</code>, the corresponding body will be
+evaluated if no <code><em>patList</em></code> matches <code><em>string</em></code>.  If no <code><em>patList</em></code> argument
+matches <code><em>string</em></code> and no default is given, then the <a href="#_case"><strong><code>case</code></strong></a> command returns
 an empty string.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Two syntaxes are provided.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The first uses a separate argument for each of the patterns and commands;
@@ -3366,90 +3317,90 @@ the elements of the list being the patterns and commands.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The second form makes it easy to construct multi-line case commands,
 since the braces around the whole list make it unnecessary to include a
 backslash at the end of each line.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since the <tt><em>patList</em></tt> arguments are in braces in the second form,
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Since the <code><em>patList</em></code> arguments are in braces in the second form,
 no command or variable substitutions are performed on them;  this makes
 the behaviour of the second form different than the first form in some
 cases.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below are some examples of <a href="#_case"><strong><tt>case</tt></strong></a> commands:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below are some examples of <a href="#_case"><strong><code>case</code></strong></a> commands:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>case abc in {a b} {format 1} default {format 2} a* {format 3}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>case abc in {a b} {format 1} default {format 2} a* {format 3}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will return <em>3</em>,</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>case a in {
+<pre><code>case a in {
     {a b} {format 1}
     default {format 2}
     a* {format 3}
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will return <em>1</em>, and</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>case xyz {
+<pre><code>case xyz {
     {a b}
         {format 1}
     default
         {format 2}
     a*
         {format 3}
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will return <em>2</em>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_catch">catch</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>catch</strong> ?-?no?<em>code ...</em>? ?--? <em>command ?resultVarName? ?optionsVarName?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> command may be used to prevent errors from aborting
-command interpretation.  <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> evaluates <tt><em>command</em></tt>, and returns a
-<tt>JIM_OK</tt> code, regardless of any errors that might occur while
-executing <tt><em>command</em></tt> (with the possible exception of <tt>JIM_SIGNAL</tt> -
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>catch</strong> ?-?no?<em>code ...</em>? ?--? <em>command ?resultVarName? ?optionsVarName?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> command may be used to prevent errors from aborting
+command interpretation.  <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> evaluates <code><em>command</em></code>, and returns a
+<code>JIM_OK</code> code, regardless of any errors that might occur while
+executing <code><em>command</em></code> (with the possible exception of <code>JIM_SIGNAL</code> -
 see below).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The return value from <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> is a decimal string giving the code
-returned by the Tcl interpreter after executing <tt><em>command</em></tt>.  This
-will be <em>0</em> (<tt>JIM_OK</tt>) if there were no errors in <tt><em>command</em></tt>; otherwise
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The return value from <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> is a decimal string giving the code
+returned by the Tcl interpreter after executing <code><em>command</em></code>.  This
+will be <em>0</em> (<code>JIM_OK</code>) if there were no errors in <code><em>command</em></code>; otherwise
 it will have a non-zero value corresponding to one of the exceptional
 return codes (see jim.h for the definitions of code values, or the
-<a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>returncodes</tt> command).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <tt><em>resultVarName</em></tt> argument is given, then it gives the name
-of a variable; <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> will set the value of the variable to the
-string returned from <tt><em>command</em></tt> (either a result or an error message).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <tt><em>optionsVarName</em></tt> argument is given, then it gives the name
-of a variable; <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> will set the value of the variable to a
-dictionary. For any return code other than <tt>JIM_RETURN</tt>, the value
-for the key <tt>-code</tt> will be set to the return code. For <tt>JIM_RETURN</tt>
-it will be set to the code given in <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> <tt>-code</tt>. Additionally,
-for the return code <tt>JIM_ERR</tt>, the value of the key <tt>-errorinfo</tt>
-will contain the current stack trace (the same result as <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>stacktrace</tt>),
-the value of the key <tt>-errorcode</tt> will contain the
+<a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>returncodes</code> command).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <code><em>resultVarName</em></code> argument is given, then it gives the name
+of a variable; <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> will set the value of the variable to the
+string returned from <code><em>command</em></code> (either a result or an error message).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <code><em>optionsVarName</em></code> argument is given, then it gives the name
+of a variable; <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> will set the value of the variable to a
+dictionary. For any return code other than <code>JIM_RETURN</code>, the value
+for the key <code>-code</code> will be set to the return code. For <code>JIM_RETURN</code>
+it will be set to the code given in <a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a> <code>-code</code>. Additionally,
+for the return code <code>JIM_ERR</code>, the value of the key <code>-errorinfo</code>
+will contain the current stack trace (the same result as <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>stacktrace</code>),
+the value of the key <code>-errorcode</code> will contain the
 same value as the global variable $::errorCode, and the value of
-the key <tt>-level</tt> will be the current return level (see <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> <tt>-level</tt>).
+the key <code>-level</code> will be the current return level (see <a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a> <code>-level</code>).
 This can be useful to rethrow an error:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>if {[catch {...} msg opts]} {
+<pre><code>if {[catch {...} msg opts]} {
     ...maybe do something with the error...
     incr opts(-level)
     return {*}$opts $msg
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> will <tt><em>not</em></tt> catch any of the codes <tt>JIM_EXIT</tt>, <tt>JIM_EVAL</tt> or <tt>JIM_SIGNAL</tt>.
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> will <code><em>not</em></code> catch any of the codes <code>JIM_EXIT</code>, <code>JIM_EVAL</code> or <code>JIM_SIGNAL</code>.
 The set of codes which will be caught may be modified by specifying the one more codes before
-<tt><em>command</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>e.g. To catch <tt>JIM_EXIT</tt> but not <tt>JIM_BREAK</tt> or <tt>JIM_CONTINUE</tt></p></div>
+<code><em>command</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>e.g. To catch <code>JIM_EXIT</code> but not <code>JIM_BREAK</code> or <code>JIM_CONTINUE</code></p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>catch -exit -nobreak -nocontinue -- { ... }</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>catch -exit -nobreak -nocontinue -- { ... }</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of <tt>--</tt> is optional. It signifies that no more return code options follow.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that if a signal marked as <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>handle</tt> is caught with <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-signal</tt>, the return value
-(stored in <tt><em>resultVarName</em></tt>) is name of the signal caught.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of <code>--</code> is optional. It signifies that no more return code options follow.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that if a signal marked as <a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a> <code>handle</code> is caught with <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> <code>-signal</code>, the return value
+(stored in <code><em>resultVarName</em></code>) is name of the signal caught.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_cd">cd</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>cd</strong> <em>dirName</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Change the current working directory to <tt><em>dirName</em></tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>cd</strong> <em>dirName</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Change the current working directory to <code><em>dirName</em></code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Returns an empty string.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command can potentially be disruptive to an application, so it may
 be removed in some applications.</p></div>
@@ -3458,7 +3409,7 @@ be removed in some applications.</p></div>
 <h3 id="_clock">clock</h3>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>clock seconds</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>clock seconds</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3466,7 +3417,7 @@ be removed in some applications.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>clock format</strong> <em>seconds</em> ?<strong>-format</strong> <em>format?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>clock format</strong> <em>seconds</em> ?<strong>-format</strong> <em>format?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3476,7 +3427,7 @@ be removed in some applications.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>clock scan</strong> <em>str</em> <strong>-format</strong> <em>format</em></tt>
+<code><strong>clock scan</strong> <em>str</em> <strong>-format</strong> <em>format</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3488,70 +3439,70 @@ be removed in some applications.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_close">close</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>close</strong> <em>fileId</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>close</strong></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Closes the file given by <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>.
-<tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must be the return value from a previous invocation
-of the <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a> command; after this command, it should not be
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>close</strong> <em>fileId</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em> <strong>close</strong></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Closes the file given by <code><em>fileId</em></code>.
+<code><em>fileId</em></code> must be the return value from a previous invocation
+of the <a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a> command; after this command, it should not be
 used anymore.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_collect">collect</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>collect</strong></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>collect</strong></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Normally reference garbage collection is automatically performed periodically.
-However it may be run immediately with the <a href="#_collect"><strong><tt>collect</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>
+However it may be run immediately with the <a href="#_collect"><strong><code>collect</code></strong></a> command.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>See GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_concat">concat</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>concat</strong> <em>arg ?arg ...?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>concat</strong> <em>arg ?arg ...?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command treats each argument as a list and concatenates them
 into a single list.  It permits any number of arguments.  For example,
 the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>concat a b {c d e} {f {g h}}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>concat a b {c d e} {f {g h}}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will return</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>a b c d e f {g h}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>a b c d e f {g h}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>as its result.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_continue">continue</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>continue</strong></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>continue</strong></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command may be invoked only inside the body of a loop command such
-as <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a>.  It returns a  <tt>JIM_CONTINUE</tt> code to
+as <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> or <a href="#_foreach"><strong><code>foreach</code></strong></a> or <a href="#_while"><strong><code>while</code></strong></a>.  It returns a  <code>JIM_CONTINUE</code> code to
 signal the innermost containing loop command to skip the remainder of
 the loop&#8217;s body but continue with the next iteration of the loop.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_curry">curry</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>alias</strong> <em>args...</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar to <a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a> except it creates an anonymous procedure (lambda) instead of
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>alias</strong> <em>args...</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar to <a href="#_alias"><strong><code>alias</code></strong></a> except it creates an anonymous procedure (lambda) instead of
 a named procedure.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>the following creates a local, unnamed alias for the command <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>exists</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>the following creates a local, unnamed alias for the command <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>exists</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set e [local curry info exists]
+<pre><code>set e [local curry info exists]
 if {[$e var]} {
   ...
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_curry"><strong><tt>curry</tt></strong></a> returns the name of the procedure.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_curry"><strong><code>curry</code></strong></a> returns the name of the procedure.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_alias"><strong><code>alias</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lambda"><strong><code>lambda</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_local"><strong><code>local</code></strong></a>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_dict">dict</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>dict</strong> <em>option ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>dict</strong> <em>option ?arg...?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Performs one of several operations on dictionary values.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>option</em></tt> argument determines what action is carried out by the
-command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> are:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <code><em>option</em></code> argument determines what action is carried out by the
+command.  The legal <code><em>options</em></code> are:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>dict create</strong> <em>?key value ...?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>dict create</strong> <em>?key value ...?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3562,25 +3513,25 @@ command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> are:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>dict exists</strong> <em>dictionary key ?key ...?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>dict exists</strong> <em>dictionary key ?key ...?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Returns a boolean value indicating whether the given key (or path
     of keys through a set of nested dictionaries) exists in the given
-    dictionary value.  This returns a true value exactly when <a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a> <tt>get</tt>
+    dictionary value.  This returns a true value exactly when <a href="#_dict"><strong><code>dict</code></strong></a> <code>get</code>
     on that path will succeed.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>dict get</strong> <em>dictionary ?key ...?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>dict get</strong> <em>dictionary ?key ...?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Given a dictionary value (first argument) and a key (second argument),
     this will retrieve the value for that key. Where several keys are
     supplied, the behaviour of the command shall be as if the result
-    of "<a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a> <tt>get $dictVal $key</tt>" was passed as the first argument to
+    of "<a href="#_dict"><strong><code>dict</code></strong></a> <code>get $dictVal $key</code>" was passed as the first argument to
     dict get with the remaining arguments as second (and possibly
     subsequent) arguments. This facilitates lookups in nested dictionaries.
     If no keys are provided, dict would return a list containing pairs
@@ -3591,34 +3542,34 @@ command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> are:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>dict keys</strong> <em>dictionary ?pattern?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>dict keys</strong> <em>dictionary ?pattern?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Returns a list of the keys in the dictionary.
     If pattern is specified, then only those keys whose
-    names match <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> (using the matching rules of string
+    names match <code><em>pattern</em></code> (using the matching rules of string
     match) are included.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>dict merge</strong> ?<em>dictionary ...</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>dict merge</strong> ?<em>dictionary ...</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Return a dictionary that contains the contents of each of the
-    <tt><em>dictionary</em></tt> arguments. Where two (or more) dictionaries
+    <code><em>dictionary</em></code> arguments. Where two (or more) dictionaries
     contain a mapping for the same key, the resulting dictionary
     maps that key to the value according to the last dictionary on
     the command line containing a mapping for that key.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>dict set</strong> <em>dictionaryName key ?key ...? value</em></tt>
+<code><strong>dict set</strong> <em>dictionaryName key ?key ...? value</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    This operation takes the <tt><em>name</em></tt> of a variable containing a dictionary
+    This operation takes the <code><em>name</em></code> of a variable containing a dictionary
     value and places an updated dictionary value in that variable
     containing a mapping from the given key to the given value. When
     multiple keys are present, this operation creates or updates a chain
@@ -3626,7 +3577,7 @@ command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> are:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>dict size</strong> <em>dictionary</em></tt>
+<code><strong>dict size</strong> <em>dictionary</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3634,11 +3585,11 @@ command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> are:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>dict unset</strong> <em>dictionaryName key ?key ...? value</em></tt>
+<code><strong>dict unset</strong> <em>dictionaryName key ?key ...? value</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    This operation (the companion to <a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a> <tt>set</tt>) takes the name of a
+    This operation (the companion to <a href="#_dict"><strong><code>dict</code></strong></a> <code>set</code>) takes the name of a
     variable containing a dictionary value and places an updated
     dictionary value in that variable that does not contain a mapping
     for the given key. Where multiple keys are present, this describes
@@ -3648,19 +3599,19 @@ command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> are:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>dict with</strong> <em>dictionaryName key ?key ...? script</em></tt>
+<code><strong>dict with</strong> <em>dictionaryName key ?key ...? script</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Execute the Tcl script in <tt><em>script</em></tt> with the value for each
-    key in <tt><em>dictionaryName</em></tt> mapped to a variable with the same
+    Execute the Tcl script in <code><em>script</em></code> with the value for each
+    key in <code><em>dictionaryName</em></code> mapped to a variable with the same
     name. Where one or more keys are given, these indicate a chain
     of nested dictionaries, with the innermost dictionary being the
-    one opened out for the execution of body. Making <tt><em>dictionaryName</em></tt>
+    one opened out for the execution of body. Making <code><em>dictionaryName</em></code>
     unreadable will make the updates to the dictionary be discarded,
-    and this also happens if the contents of <tt><em>dictionaryName</em></tt> are
+    and this also happens if the contents of <code><em>dictionaryName</em></code> are
     adjusted so that the chain of dictionaries no longer exists.
-    The result of <a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a> <tt>with</tt> is (unless some kind of error occurs)
+    The result of <a href="#_dict"><strong><code>dict</code></strong></a> <code>with</code> is (unless some kind of error occurs)
     the result of the evaluation of body.
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -3669,100 +3620,100 @@ command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> are:</p></div>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    The variables are mapped in the scope enclosing the <a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a> <tt>with</tt>;
+    The variables are mapped in the scope enclosing the <a href="#_dict"><strong><code>dict</code></strong></a> <code>with</code>;
     it is recommended that this command only be used in a local
     scope (procedure). Because of this, the variables set by
-    <a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a> <tt>with</tt> will continue to exist after the command finishes (unless
-    explicitly unset). Note that changes to the contents of <tt><em>dictionaryName</em></tt>
-    only happen when <tt><em>script</em></tt> terminates.
+    <a href="#_dict"><strong><code>dict</code></strong></a> <code>with</code> will continue to exist after the command finishes (unless
+    explicitly unset). Note that changes to the contents of <code><em>dictionaryName</em></code>
+    only happen when <code><em>script</em></code> terminates.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_env">env</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>env</strong> <em>?name? ?default?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>name</em></tt> is supplied, returns the value of <tt><em>name</em></tt> from the initial
-environment (see getenv(3)). An error is returned if <tt><em>name</em></tt> does not
-exist in the environment, unless <tt><em>default</em></tt> is supplied - in which case
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>env</strong> <em>?name? ?default?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>name</em></code> is supplied, returns the value of <code><em>name</em></code> from the initial
+environment (see getenv(3)). An error is returned if <code><em>name</em></code> does not
+exist in the environment, unless <code><em>default</em></code> is supplied - in which case
 that value is returned instead.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If no arguments are supplied, returns a list of all environment variables
-and their values as <tt>{name value ...}</tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also the global variable <tt>::env</tt></p></div>
+and their values as <code>{name value ...}</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also the global variable <code>::env</code></p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_eof">eof</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>eof</strong> <em>fileId</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>eof</strong></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns 1 if an end-of-file condition has occurred on <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>,
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>eof</strong> <em>fileId</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em> <strong>eof</strong></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns 1 if an end-of-file condition has occurred on <code><em>fileId</em></code>,
 0 otherwise.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must have been the return value from a previous call to <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>,
-or it may be <tt>stdin</tt>, <tt>stdout</tt>, or <tt>stderr</tt> to refer to one of the
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em></code> must have been the return value from a previous call to <a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a>,
+or it may be <code>stdin</code>, <code>stdout</code>, or <code>stderr</code> to refer to one of the
 standard I/O channels.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_error">error</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>error</strong> <em>message ?stacktrace?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a <tt>JIM_ERR</tt> code, which causes command interpretation to be
-unwound.  <tt><em>message</em></tt> is a string that is returned to the application
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>error</strong> <em>message ?stacktrace?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a <code>JIM_ERR</code> code, which causes command interpretation to be
+unwound.  <code><em>message</em></code> is a string that is returned to the application
 to indicate what went wrong.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <tt><em>stacktrace</em></tt> argument is provided and is non-empty,
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <code><em>stacktrace</em></code> argument is provided and is non-empty,
 it is used to initialize the stacktrace.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This feature is most useful in conjunction with the <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> command:
-if a caught error cannot be handled successfully, <tt><em>stacktrace</em></tt> can be used
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This feature is most useful in conjunction with the <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> command:
+if a caught error cannot be handled successfully, <code><em>stacktrace</em></code> can be used
 to return a stack trace reflecting the original point of occurrence
 of the error:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>catch {...} errMsg
+<pre><code>catch {...} errMsg
 ...
-error $errMsg [info stacktrace]</tt></pre>
+error $errMsg [info stacktrace]</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <tt>errorInfo</tt>, <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>stacktrace</tt>, <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <code>errorInfo</code>, <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>stacktrace</code>, <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> and <a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a></p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_errorinfo">errorInfo</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>errorInfo</strong> <em>error ?stacktrace?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>errorInfo</strong> <em>error ?stacktrace?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a human-readable representation of the given error message and stack trace.
 Typical usage is:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>if {[catch {...} error]} {
+<pre><code>if {[catch {...} error]} {
     puts stderr [errorInfo $error [info stacktrace]]
     exit 1
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_error"><strong><tt>error</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_error"><strong><code>error</code></strong></a>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_eval">eval</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>eval</strong> <em>arg ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a> takes one or more arguments, which together comprise a Tcl
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>eval</strong> <em>arg ?arg...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_eval"><strong><code>eval</code></strong></a> takes one or more arguments, which together comprise a Tcl
 command (or collection of Tcl commands separated by newlines in the
-usual way).  <a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a> concatenates all its arguments in the same
-fashion as the <a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a> command, passes the concatenated string to the
+usual way).  <a href="#_eval"><strong><code>eval</code></strong></a> concatenates all its arguments in the same
+fashion as the <a href="#_concat"><strong><code>concat</code></strong></a> command, passes the concatenated string to the
 Tcl interpreter recursively, and returns the result of that
 evaluation (or any error generated by it).</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_exec">exec</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>exec</strong> <em>arg ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>exec</strong> <em>arg ?arg...?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command treats its arguments as the specification
 of one or more UNIX commands to execute as subprocesses.
 The commands take the form of a standard shell pipeline;
-<tt>|</tt> arguments separate commands in the
+<code>|</code> arguments separate commands in the
 pipeline and cause standard output of the preceding command
-to be piped into standard input of the next command (or <tt>|&amp;</tt> for
+to be piped into standard input of the next command (or <code>|&amp;</code> for
 both standard output and standard error).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Under normal conditions the result of the <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> command
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Under normal conditions the result of the <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a> command
 consists of the standard output produced by the last command
 in the pipeline.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If any of the commands in the pipeline exit abnormally or
-are killed or suspended, then <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> will return an error
+are killed or suspended, then <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a> will return an error
 and the error message will include the pipeline&#8217;s output followed by
 error messages describing the abnormal terminations.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If any of the commands writes to its standard error file,
-then <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> will return an error, and the error message
+then <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a> will return an error, and the error message
 will include the pipeline&#8217;s output, followed by messages
 about abnormal terminations (if any), followed by the standard error
 output.</p></div>
@@ -3770,20 +3721,20 @@ output.</p></div>
 is a newline then that character is deleted from the result
 or error message for consistency with normal
 Tcl return values.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>An <tt><em>arg</em></tt> may have one of the following special forms:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>An <code><em>arg</em></code> may have one of the following special forms:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&gt;filename</tt>
+<code>&gt;filename</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     The standard output of the last command in the pipeline
-    is redirected to the file.  In this situation <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a>
+    is redirected to the file.  In this situation <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a>
     will normally return an empty string.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&gt;&gt;filename</tt>
+<code>&gt;&gt;filename</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3791,18 +3742,18 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&gt;@fileId</tt>
+<code>&gt;@fileId</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     The standard output of the last command in the pipeline is
     redirected to the given (writable) file descriptor (e.g. stdout,
-    stderr, or the result of <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>). In this situation <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a>
+    stderr, or the result of <a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a>). In this situation <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a>
     will normally return an empty string.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>2&gt;filename</tt>
+<code>2&gt;filename</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3811,7 +3762,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>2&gt;&gt;filename</tt>
+<code>2&gt;&gt;filename</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3819,7 +3770,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>2&gt;@fileId</tt>
+<code>2&gt;@fileId</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3828,7 +3779,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>2&gt;@1</tt>
+<code>2&gt;@1</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3837,7 +3788,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&gt;&amp;filename</tt>
+<code>&gt;&amp;filename</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3846,7 +3797,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&gt;&gt;&amp;filename</tt>
+<code>&gt;&gt;&amp;filename</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3854,7 +3805,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&lt;filename</tt>
+<code>&lt;filename</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3863,7 +3814,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&lt;&lt;string</tt>
+<code>&lt;&lt;string</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3872,7 +3823,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>&lt;@fileId</tt>
+<code>&lt;@fileId</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3884,7 +3835,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If there is no redirection of standard input, standard error
 or standard output, these are connected to the corresponding
 input or output of the application.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the last <tt><em>arg</em></tt> is <tt>&amp;</tt> then the command will be
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the last <code><em>arg</em></code> is <code>&amp;</code> then the command will be
 executed in background.
 In this case the standard output from the last command
 in the pipeline will
@@ -3893,19 +3844,19 @@ redirected in the command, and error output from all
 the commands in the pipeline will go to the application&#8217;s
 standard error file. The return value of exec in this case
 is a list of process ids (pids) in the pipeline.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Each <tt><em>arg</em></tt> becomes one word for a command, except for
-<tt>|</tt>, <tt>&lt;</tt>, <tt>&lt;&lt;</tt>, <tt>&gt;</tt>, and <tt>&amp;</tt> arguments, and the
-arguments that follow <tt>&lt;</tt>, <tt>&lt;&lt;</tt>, and <tt>&gt;</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Each <code><em>arg</em></code> becomes one word for a command, except for
+<code>|</code>, <code>&lt;</code>, <code>&lt;&lt;</code>, <code>&gt;</code>, and <code>&amp;</code> arguments, and the
+arguments that follow <code>&lt;</code>, <code>&lt;&lt;</code>, and <code>&gt;</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The first word in each command is taken as the command name;
 the directories in the PATH environment variable are searched for
 an executable by the given name.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>No <a href="#_glob"><strong><tt>glob</tt></strong></a> expansion or other shell-like substitutions
+<div class="paragraph"><p>No <a href="#_glob"><strong><code>glob</code></strong></a> expansion or other shell-like substitutions
 are performed on the arguments to commands.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the command fails, the global $::errorCode (and the -errorcode
-option in <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>) will be set to a list, as follows:</p></div>
+option in <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a>) will be set to a list, as follows:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>CHILDKILLED</strong> <em>pid sigName msg</em></tt>
+<code><strong>CHILDKILLED</strong> <em>pid sigName msg</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3920,7 +3871,7 @@ option in <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>) will be set to
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>CHILDSUSP</strong> <em>pid sigName msg</em></tt>
+<code><strong>CHILDSUSP</strong> <em>pid sigName msg</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3935,7 +3886,7 @@ option in <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>) will be set to
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>CHILDSTATUS</strong> <em>pid code</em></tt>
+<code><strong>CHILDSTATUS</strong> <em>pid code</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -3951,48 +3902,48 @@ this variable is unset, in which case the original environment is used).</p></di
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_exists">exists</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>exists ?-var|-proc|-command|-alias?</strong> <em>name</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>exists ?-var|-proc|-command|-alias?</strong> <em>name</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Checks the existence of the given variable, procedure, command
 or alias respectively and returns 1 if it exists or 0 if not.  This command
-provides a more simplified/convenient version of <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>exists</tt>,
-<a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>procs</tt> and <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>commands</tt>.</p></div>
+provides a more simplified/convenient version of <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>exists</code>,
+<a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>procs</code> and <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>commands</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the type is omitted, a type of <em>-var</em> is used. The type may be abbreviated.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_exit">exit</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>exit</strong> <em>?returnCode?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Terminate the process, returning <tt><em>returnCode</em></tt> to the
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>exit</strong> <em>?returnCode?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Terminate the process, returning <code><em>returnCode</em></code> to the
 parent as the exit status.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>returnCode</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified then it defaults
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>returnCode</em></code> isn&#8217;t specified then it defaults
 to 0.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that exit can be caught with <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that exit can be caught with <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_expr">expr</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>expr</strong> <em>arg</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Calls the expression processor to evaluate <tt><em>arg</em></tt>, and returns
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>expr</strong> <em>arg</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Calls the expression processor to evaluate <code><em>arg</em></code>, and returns
 the result as a string.  See the section EXPRESSIONS above.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that Jim supports a shorthand syntax for <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a> as <tt>$(...)</tt>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that Jim supports a shorthand syntax for <a href="#_expr"><strong><code>expr</code></strong></a> as <code>$(...)</code>
 The following two are identical.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set x [expr {3 * 2 + 1}]
-set x $(3 * 2 + 1)</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set x [expr {3 * 2 + 1}]
+set x $(3 * 2 + 1)</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_file">file</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>file</strong> <em>option name ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Operate on a file or a file name.  <tt><em>name</em></tt> is the name of a file.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>option</em></tt> indicates what to do with the file name.  Any unique
-abbreviation for <tt><em>option</em></tt> is acceptable.  The valid options are:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>file</strong> <em>option name ?arg...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Operate on a file or a file name.  <code><em>name</em></code> is the name of a file.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>option</em></code> indicates what to do with the file name.  Any unique
+abbreviation for <code><em>option</em></code> is acceptable.  The valid options are:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file atime</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file atime</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return a decimal string giving the time at which file <tt><em>name</em></tt>
+    Return a decimal string giving the time at which file <code><em>name</em></code>
     was last accessed.  The time is measured in the standard UNIX
     fashion as seconds from a fixed starting time (often January 1, 1970).
     If the file doesn&#8217;t exist or its access time cannot be queried then an
@@ -4000,113 +3951,113 @@ abbreviation for <tt><em>option</em></tt> is acceptable.  The valid options are:
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file copy ?-force?</strong> <em>source target</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file copy ?-force?</strong> <em>source target</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Copies file <tt><em>source</em></tt> to file <tt><em>target</em></tt>. The source file must exist.
-    The target file must not exist, unless <tt>-force</tt> is specified.
+    Copies file <code><em>source</em></code> to file <code><em>target</em></code>. The source file must exist.
+    The target file must not exist, unless <code>-force</code> is specified.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file delete ?-force?</strong> <em>name...</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file delete ?-force?</strong> <em>name...</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Deletes file or directory <tt><em>name</em></tt>. If the file or directory doesn&#8217;t exist, nothing happens.
+    Deletes file or directory <code><em>name</em></code>. If the file or directory doesn&#8217;t exist, nothing happens.
     If it can&#8217;t be deleted, an error is generated. Non-empty directories will not be deleted
-    unless the <tt>-force</tt> options is given. In this case no errors will be generated, even
+    unless the <code>-force</code> options is given. In this case no errors will be generated, even
     if the file/directory can&#8217;t be deleted.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file dirname</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file dirname</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return all of the characters in <tt><em>name</em></tt> up to but not including
-    the last slash character.  If there are no slashes in <tt><em>name</em></tt>
-    then return <tt>.</tt> (a single dot).  If the last slash in <tt><em>name</em></tt> is its first
-    character, then return <tt>/</tt>.
+    Return all of the characters in <code><em>name</em></code> up to but not including
+    the last slash character.  If there are no slashes in <code><em>name</em></code>
+    then return <code>.</code> (a single dot).  If the last slash in <code><em>name</em></code> is its first
+    character, then return <code>/</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file executable</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file executable</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is executable by
+    Return <em>1</em> if file <code><em>name</em></code> is executable by
     the current user, <em>0</em> otherwise.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file exists</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file exists</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> exists and the current user has
+    Return <em>1</em> if file <code><em>name</em></code> exists and the current user has
     search privileges for the directories leading to it, <em>0</em> otherwise.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file extension</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file extension</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return all of the characters in <tt><em>name</em></tt> after and including the
-    last dot in <tt><em>name</em></tt>.  If there is no dot in <tt><em>name</em></tt> then return
+    Return all of the characters in <code><em>name</em></code> after and including the
+    last dot in <code><em>name</em></code>.  If there is no dot in <code><em>name</em></code> then return
     the empty string.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file isdirectory</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file isdirectory</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is a directory,
+    Return <em>1</em> if file <code><em>name</em></code> is a directory,
     <em>0</em> otherwise.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file isfile</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file isfile</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is a regular file,
+    Return <em>1</em> if file <code><em>name</em></code> is a regular file,
     <em>0</em> otherwise.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file join</strong> <em>arg...</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file join</strong> <em>arg...</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Joins multiple path components. Note that if any components is
     an absolute path, the preceding components are ignored.
-    Thus <tt>"<a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a> join /tmp /root"</tt> returns <tt>"/root"</tt>.
+    Thus <code>"<a href="#_file"><strong><code>file</code></strong></a> join /tmp /root"</code> returns <code>"/root"</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file lstat</strong> <em>name varName</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file lstat</strong> <em>name varName</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Same as <em>stat</em> option (see below) except uses the <tt><em>lstat</em></tt>
-    kernel call instead of <tt><em>stat</em></tt>.  This means that if <tt><em>name</em></tt>
-    refers to a symbolic link the information returned in <tt><em>varName</em></tt>
+    Same as <em>stat</em> option (see below) except uses the <code><em>lstat</em></code>
+    kernel call instead of <code><em>stat</em></code>.  This means that if <code><em>name</em></code>
+    refers to a symbolic link the information returned in <code><em>varName</em></code>
     is for the link rather than the file it refers to.  On systems that
     don&#8217;t support symbolic links this option behaves exactly the same
     as the <em>stat</em> option.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file mkdir</strong> <em>dir1 ?dir2...?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file mkdir</strong> <em>dir1 ?dir2...?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Creates each directory specified. For each pathname <tt><em>dir</em></tt> specified,
+    Creates each directory specified. For each pathname <code><em>dir</em></code> specified,
     this command will create all non-existing parent directories
-    as well as <tt><em>dir</em></tt> itself. If an existing directory is specified,
+    as well as <code><em>dir</em></code> itself. If an existing directory is specified,
     then no action is taken and no error is returned. Trying to
     overwrite an existing file with a directory will result in an
     error.  Arguments are processed in the order specified, halting
@@ -4114,58 +4065,58 @@ abbreviation for <tt><em>option</em></tt> is acceptable.  The valid options are:
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file mtime</strong> <em>name ?time?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file mtime</strong> <em>name ?time?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return a decimal string giving the time at which file <tt><em>name</em></tt>
+    Return a decimal string giving the time at which file <code><em>name</em></code>
     was last modified.  The time is measured in the standard UNIX
     fashion as seconds from a fixed starting time (often January 1, 1970).
     If the file doesn&#8217;t exist or its modified time cannot be queried then an
-    error is generated. If <tt><em>time</em></tt> is given, sets the modification time
+    error is generated. If <code><em>time</em></code> is given, sets the modification time
     of the file to the given value.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file normalize</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file normalize</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return the normalized path of <tt><em>name</em></tt>. See <em>realpath(3)</em>.
+    Return the normalized path of <code><em>name</em></code>. See <em>realpath(3)</em>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file owned</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file owned</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is owned by the current user,
+    Return <em>1</em> if file <code><em>name</em></code> is owned by the current user,
     <em>0</em> otherwise.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file readable</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file readable</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is readable by
+    Return <em>1</em> if file <code><em>name</em></code> is readable by
     the current user, <em>0</em> otherwise.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file readlink</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file readlink</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns the value of the symbolic link given by <tt><em>name</em></tt> (i.e. the
+    Returns the value of the symbolic link given by <code><em>name</em></code> (i.e. the
     name of the file it points to).  If
-    <tt><em>name</em></tt> isn&#8217;t a symbolic link or its value cannot be read, then
+    <code><em>name</em></code> isn&#8217;t a symbolic link or its value cannot be read, then
     an error is returned.  On systems that don&#8217;t support symbolic links
     this option is undefined.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file rename</strong> <em>oldname</em> <em>newname</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file rename</strong> <em>oldname</em> <em>newname</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -4173,34 +4124,34 @@ abbreviation for <tt><em>option</em></tt> is acceptable.  The valid options are:
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file rootname</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file rootname</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return all of the characters in <tt><em>name</em></tt> up to but not including
-    the last <em>.</em> character in the name.  If <tt><em>name</em></tt> doesn&#8217;t contain
-    a dot, then return <tt><em>name</em></tt>.
+    Return all of the characters in <code><em>name</em></code> up to but not including
+    the last <em>.</em> character in the name.  If <code><em>name</em></code> doesn&#8217;t contain
+    a dot, then return <code><em>name</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file size</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file size</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return a decimal string giving the size of file <tt><em>name</em></tt> in bytes.
+    Return a decimal string giving the size of file <code><em>name</em></code> in bytes.
     If the file doesn&#8217;t exist or its size cannot be queried then an
     error is generated.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file stat</strong> <em>name varName</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file stat</strong> <em>name varName</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Invoke the <em>stat</em> kernel call on <tt><em>name</em></tt>, and use the
-    variable given by <tt><em>varName</em></tt> to hold information returned from
+    Invoke the <em>stat</em> kernel call on <code><em>name</em></code>, and use the
+    variable given by <code><em>varName</em></code> to hold information returned from
     the kernel call.
-    <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is treated as an array variable,
+    <code><em>varName</em></code> is treated as an array variable,
     and the following elements of that variable are set: <em>atime</em>,
     <em>ctime</em>, <em>dev</em>, <em>gid</em>, <em>ino</em>, <em>mode</em>, <em>mtime</em>,
     <em>nlink</em>, <em>size</em>, <em>type</em>, <em>uid</em>.
@@ -4208,384 +4159,384 @@ abbreviation for <tt><em>option</em></tt> is acceptable.  The valid options are:
     the corresponding field from the <em>stat</em> return structure; see the
     manual entry for <em>stat</em> for details on the meanings of the values.
     The <em>type</em> element gives the type of the file in the same form
-    returned by the command <a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a> <tt>type</tt>.
+    returned by the command <a href="#_file"><strong><code>file</code></strong></a> <code>type</code>.
     This command returns an empty string.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file tail</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file tail</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return all of the characters in <tt><em>name</em></tt> after the last slash.
-    If <tt><em>name</em></tt> contains no slashes then return <tt><em>name</em></tt>.
+    Return all of the characters in <code><em>name</em></code> after the last slash.
+    If <code><em>name</em></code> contains no slashes then return <code><em>name</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file tempfile</strong> <em>?template?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file tempfile</strong> <em>?template?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Creates and returns the name of a unique temporary file. If <tt><em>template</em></tt> is omitted, a
+    Creates and returns the name of a unique temporary file. If <code><em>template</em></code> is omitted, a
     default template will be used to place the file in /tmp. See <em>mkstemp(3)</em> for
     the format of the template and security concerns.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file type</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file type</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a string giving the type of file <tt><em>name</em></tt>, which will be
-    one of <tt>file</tt>, <tt>directory</tt>, <tt>characterSpecial</tt>,
-    <tt>blockSpecial</tt>, <tt>fifo</tt>, <tt>link</tt>, or <tt>socket</tt>.
+    Returns a string giving the type of file <code><em>name</em></code>, which will be
+    one of <code>file</code>, <code>directory</code>, <code>characterSpecial</code>,
+    <code>blockSpecial</code>, <code>fifo</code>, <code>link</code>, or <code>socket</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>file writable</strong> <em>name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>file writable</strong> <em>name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is writable by
+    Return <em>1</em> if file <code><em>name</em></code> is writable by
     the current user, <em>0</em> otherwise.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a> commands that return 0/1 results are often used in
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_file"><strong><code>file</code></strong></a> commands that return 0/1 results are often used in
 conditional or looping commands, for example:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>if {![file exists foo]} {
+<pre><code>if {![file exists foo]} {
     error {bad file name}
 } else {
     ...
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_finalize">finalize</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>finalize</strong> <em>reference ?command?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>command</em></tt> is omitted, returns the finalizer command for the given reference.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Otherwise, sets a new finalizer command for the given reference. <tt><em>command</em></tt> may be
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>finalize</strong> <em>reference ?command?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>command</em></code> is omitted, returns the finalizer command for the given reference.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Otherwise, sets a new finalizer command for the given reference. <code><em>command</em></code> may be
 the empty string to remove the current finalizer.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The reference must be a valid reference create with the <a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The reference must be a valid reference create with the <a href="#_ref"><strong><code>ref</code></strong></a>
 command.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>See GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_flush">flush</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>flush</strong> <em>fileId</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>flush</strong></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Flushes any output that has been buffered for <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>.  <tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must
-have been the return value from a previous call to <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>, or it may be
-<tt>stdout</tt> or <tt>stderr</tt> to access one of the standard I/O streams; it must
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>flush</strong> <em>fileId</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em> <strong>flush</strong></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Flushes any output that has been buffered for <code><em>fileId</em></code>.  <code><em>fileId</em></code> must
+have been the return value from a previous call to <a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a>, or it may be
+<code>stdout</code> or <code>stderr</code> to access one of the standard I/O streams; it must
 refer to a file that was opened for writing.  This command returns an
 empty string.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_for">for</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>for</strong> <em>start test next body</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> is a looping command, similar in structure to the C <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> statement.
-The <tt><em>start</em></tt>, <tt><em>next</em></tt>, and <tt><em>body</em></tt> arguments must be Tcl command strings,
-and <tt><em>test</em></tt> is an expression string.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> command first invokes the Tcl interpreter to execute <tt><em>start</em></tt>.
-Then it repeatedly evaluates <tt><em>test</em></tt> as an expression; if the result is
-non-zero it invokes the Tcl interpreter on <tt><em>body</em></tt>, then invokes the Tcl
-interpreter on <tt><em>next</em></tt>, then repeats the loop.  The command terminates
-when <tt><em>test</em></tt> evaluates to 0.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a> command is invoked within <tt><em>body</em></tt> then any remaining
-commands in the current execution of <tt><em>body</em></tt> are skipped; processing
-continues by invoking the Tcl interpreter on <tt><em>next</em></tt>, then evaluating
-<tt><em>test</em></tt>, and so on.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a> command is invoked within <tt><em>body</em></tt> or <tt><em>next</em></tt>, then the <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>for</strong> <em>start test next body</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> is a looping command, similar in structure to the C <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> statement.
+The <code><em>start</em></code>, <code><em>next</em></code>, and <code><em>body</em></code> arguments must be Tcl command strings,
+and <code><em>test</em></code> is an expression string.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> command first invokes the Tcl interpreter to execute <code><em>start</em></code>.
+Then it repeatedly evaluates <code><em>test</em></code> as an expression; if the result is
+non-zero it invokes the Tcl interpreter on <code><em>body</em></code>, then invokes the Tcl
+interpreter on <code><em>next</em></code>, then repeats the loop.  The command terminates
+when <code><em>test</em></code> evaluates to 0.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <a href="#_continue"><strong><code>continue</code></strong></a> command is invoked within <code><em>body</em></code> then any remaining
+commands in the current execution of <code><em>body</em></code> are skipped; processing
+continues by invoking the Tcl interpreter on <code><em>next</em></code>, then evaluating
+<code><em>test</em></code>, and so on.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <a href="#_break"><strong><code>break</code></strong></a> command is invoked within <code><em>body</em></code> or <code><em>next</em></code>, then the <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a>
 command will return immediately.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation of <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a> are similar to the corresponding
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation of <a href="#_break"><strong><code>break</code></strong></a> and <a href="#_continue"><strong><code>continue</code></strong></a> are similar to the corresponding
 statements in C.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> returns an empty string.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> returns an empty string.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_foreach">foreach</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>foreach</strong> <em>varName list body</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>foreach</strong> <em>varList list ?varList2 list2 ...? body</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In this command, <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is the name of a variable, <tt><em>list</em></tt>
-is a list of values to assign to <tt><em>varName</em></tt>, and <tt><em>body</em></tt> is a
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>foreach</strong> <em>varName list body</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>foreach</strong> <em>varList list ?varList2 list2 ...? body</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In this command, <code><em>varName</em></code> is the name of a variable, <code><em>list</em></code>
+is a list of values to assign to <code><em>varName</em></code>, and <code><em>body</em></code> is a
 collection of Tcl commands.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For each field in <tt><em>list</em></tt> (in order from left to right), <a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a> assigns
-the contents of the field to <tt><em>varName</em></tt> (as if the <a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a> command
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For each field in <code><em>list</em></code> (in order from left to right), <a href="#_foreach"><strong><code>foreach</code></strong></a> assigns
+the contents of the field to <code><em>varName</em></code> (as if the <a href="#_lindex"><strong><code>lindex</code></strong></a> command
 had been used to extract the field), then calls the Tcl interpreter to
-execute <tt><em>body</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If instead of being a simple name, <tt><em>varList</em></tt> is used, multiple assignments
-are made each time through the loop, one for each element of <tt><em>varList</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For example, if there are two elements in <tt><em>varList</em></tt> and six elements in
+execute <code><em>body</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If instead of being a simple name, <code><em>varList</em></code> is used, multiple assignments
+are made each time through the loop, one for each element of <code><em>varList</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For example, if there are two elements in <code><em>varList</em></code> and six elements in
 the list, the loop will be executed three times.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the length of the list doesn&#8217;t evenly divide by the number of elements
-in <tt><em>varList</em></tt>, the value of the remaining variables in the last iteration
+in <code><em>varList</em></code>, the value of the remaining variables in the last iteration
 of the loop are undefined.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a> statements may be invoked inside <tt><em>body</em></tt>,
-with the same effect as in the <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a> returns an empty string.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_break"><strong><code>break</code></strong></a> and <a href="#_continue"><strong><code>continue</code></strong></a> statements may be invoked inside <code><em>body</em></code>,
+with the same effect as in the <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> command.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_foreach"><strong><code>foreach</code></strong></a> returns an empty string.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_format">format</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>format</strong> <em>formatString ?arg ...?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>format</strong> <em>formatString ?arg ...?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command generates a formatted string in the same way as the
 C <em>sprintf</em> procedure (it uses <em>sprintf</em> in its
-implementation).  <tt><em>formatString</em></tt> indicates how to format
-the result, using <tt>%</tt> fields as in <em>sprintf</em>, and the additional
+implementation).  <code><em>formatString</em></code> indicates how to format
+the result, using <code>%</code> fields as in <em>sprintf</em>, and the additional
 arguments, if any, provide values to be substituted into the result.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>All of the <em>sprintf</em> options are valid; see the <em>sprintf</em>
-man page for details.  Each <tt><em>arg</em></tt> must match the expected type
-from the <tt>%</tt> field in <tt><em>formatString</em></tt>; the <a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a> command
+man page for details.  Each <code><em>arg</em></code> must match the expected type
+from the <code>%</code> field in <code><em>formatString</em></code>; the <a href="#_format"><strong><code>format</code></strong></a> command
 converts each argument to the correct type (floating, integer, etc.)
 before passing it to <em>sprintf</em> for formatting.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The only unusual conversion is for <tt>%c</tt>; in this case the argument
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The only unusual conversion is for <code>%c</code>; in this case the argument
 must be a decimal string, which will then be converted to the corresponding
 ASCII character value.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a> does backslash substitution on its <tt><em>formatString</em></tt>
-argument, so backslash sequences in <tt><em>formatString</em></tt> will be handled
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_format"><strong><code>format</code></strong></a> does backslash substitution on its <code><em>formatString</em></code>
+argument, so backslash sequences in <code><em>formatString</em></code> will be handled
 correctly even if the argument is in braces.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The return value from <a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a> is the formatted string.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The return value from <a href="#_format"><strong><code>format</code></strong></a> is the formatted string.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_getref">getref</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>getref</strong> <em>reference</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns the string associated with <tt><em>reference</em></tt>. The reference must
-be a valid reference create with the <a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>getref</strong> <em>reference</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns the string associated with <code><em>reference</em></code>. The reference must
+be a valid reference create with the <a href="#_ref"><strong><code>ref</code></strong></a> command.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>See GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_gets">gets</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>gets</strong> <em>fileId ?varName?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>gets</strong> <em>?varName?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Reads the next line from the file given by <tt><em>fileId</em></tt> and discards
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>gets</strong> <em>fileId ?varName?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em> <strong>gets</strong> <em>?varName?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Reads the next line from the file given by <code><em>fileId</em></code> and discards
 the terminating newline character.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is specified, then the line is placed in the variable
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>varName</em></code> is specified, then the line is placed in the variable
 by that name and the return value is a count of the number of characters
 read (not including the newline).</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the end of the file is reached before reading
-any characters then -1 is returned and <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is set to an
+any characters then -1 is returned and <code><em>varName</em></code> is set to an
 empty string.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is not specified then the return value will be
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>varName</em></code> is not specified then the return value will be
 the line (minus the newline character) or an empty string if
 the end of the file is reached before reading any characters.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>An empty string will also be returned if a line contains no characters
-except the newline, so <a href="#_eof"><strong><tt>eof</tt></strong></a> may have to be used to determine
+except the newline, so <a href="#_eof"><strong><code>eof</code></strong></a> may have to be used to determine
 what really happened.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the last character in the file is not a newline character, then
-<a href="#_gets"><strong><tt>gets</tt></strong></a> behaves as if there were an additional newline character
+<a href="#_gets"><strong><code>gets</code></strong></a> behaves as if there were an additional newline character
 at the end of the file.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must be <tt>stdin</tt> or the return value from a previous
-call to <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>; it must refer to a file that was opened
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em></code> must be <code>stdin</code> or the return value from a previous
+call to <a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a>; it must refer to a file that was opened
 for reading.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_glob">glob</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>glob</strong> ?<strong>-nocomplain</strong>? <em>pattern ?pattern ...?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>glob</strong> ?<strong>-nocomplain</strong>? <em>pattern ?pattern ...?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command performs filename globbing, using csh rules.  The returned
-value from <a href="#_glob"><strong><tt>glob</tt></strong></a> is the list of expanded filenames.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-nocomplain</tt> is specified as the first argument then an empty
+value from <a href="#_glob"><strong><code>glob</code></strong></a> is the list of expanded filenames.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code>-nocomplain</code> is specified as the first argument then an empty
 list may be returned;  otherwise an error is returned if the expanded
-list is empty.  The <tt>-nocomplain</tt> argument must be provided
+list is empty.  The <code>-nocomplain</code> argument must be provided
 exactly: an abbreviation will not be accepted.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_global">global</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>global</strong> <em>varName ?varName ...?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>global</strong> <em>varName ?varName ...?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command is ignored unless a Tcl procedure is being interpreted.
-If so, then it declares each given <tt><em>varName</em></tt> to be a global variable
+If so, then it declares each given <code><em>varName</em></code> to be a global variable
 rather than a local one.  For the duration of the current procedure
 (and only while executing in the current procedure), any reference to
-<tt><em>varName</em></tt> will be bound to a global variable instead
+<code><em>varName</em></code> will be bound to a global variable instead
 of a local one.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>An alternative to using <a href="#_global"><strong><tt>global</tt></strong></a> is to use the <tt>::</tt> prefix
+<div class="paragraph"><p>An alternative to using <a href="#_global"><strong><code>global</code></strong></a> is to use the <code>::</code> prefix
 to explicitly name a variable in the global scope.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_if">if</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>if</strong> <em>expr1</em> ?<strong>then</strong>? <em>body1</em> <strong>elseif</strong> <em>expr2</em> ?<strong>then</strong>? <em>body2</em> <strong>elseif</strong> ... ?<strong>else</strong>? ?<em>bodyN</em>?</tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_if"><strong><tt>if</tt></strong></a> command evaluates <tt><em>expr1</em></tt> as an expression (in the same way
-that <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a> evaluates its argument).  The value of the expression must
-be numeric; if it is non-zero then <tt><em>body1</em></tt> is executed by passing it to
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>if</strong> <em>expr1</em> ?<strong>then</strong>? <em>body1</em> <strong>elseif</strong> <em>expr2</em> ?<strong>then</strong>? <em>body2</em> <strong>elseif</strong> ... ?<strong>else</strong>? ?<em>bodyN</em>?</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_if"><strong><code>if</code></strong></a> command evaluates <code><em>expr1</em></code> as an expression (in the same way
+that <a href="#_expr"><strong><code>expr</code></strong></a> evaluates its argument).  The value of the expression must
+be numeric; if it is non-zero then <code><em>body1</em></code> is executed by passing it to
 the Tcl interpreter.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Otherwise <tt><em>expr2</em></tt> is evaluated as an expression and if it is non-zero
-then <tt><em>body2</em></tt> is executed, and so on.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If none of the expressions evaluates to non-zero then <tt><em>bodyN</em></tt> is executed.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt>then</tt> and <tt>else</tt> arguments are optional "noise words" to make the
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Otherwise <code><em>expr2</em></code> is evaluated as an expression and if it is non-zero
+then <code><em>body2</em></code> is executed, and so on.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If none of the expressions evaluates to non-zero then <code><em>bodyN</em></code> is executed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <code>then</code> and <code>else</code> arguments are optional "noise words" to make the
 command easier to read.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There may be any number of <tt>elseif</tt> clauses, including zero.  <tt><em>bodyN</em></tt>
-may also be omitted as long as <tt>else</tt> is omitted too.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There may be any number of <code>elseif</code> clauses, including zero.  <code><em>bodyN</em></code>
+may also be omitted as long as <code>else</code> is omitted too.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The return value from the command is the result of the body script that
 was executed, or an empty string if none of the expressions was non-zero
-and there was no <tt><em>bodyN</em></tt>.</p></div>
+and there was no <code><em>bodyN</em></code>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_incr">incr</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>incr</strong> <em>varName ?increment?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Increment the value stored in the variable whose name is <tt><em>varName</em></tt>.
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>incr</strong> <em>varName ?increment?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Increment the value stored in the variable whose name is <code><em>varName</em></code>.
 The value of the variable must be integral.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>increment</em></tt> is supplied then its value (which must be an
-integer) is added to the value of variable <tt><em>varName</em></tt>;  otherwise
-1 is added to <tt><em>varName</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The new value is stored as a decimal string in variable <tt><em>varName</em></tt>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>increment</em></code> is supplied then its value (which must be an
+integer) is added to the value of variable <code><em>varName</em></code>;  otherwise
+1 is added to <code><em>varName</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The new value is stored as a decimal string in variable <code><em>varName</em></code>
 and also returned as result.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the variable does not exist, the variable is implicitly created
-and set to <tt>0</tt> first.</p></div>
+and set to <code>0</code> first.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_info">info</h3>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info</strong> <em>option ?arg...?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>info</strong> <em>option ?arg...?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
 Provide information about various internals to the Tcl interpreter.
-The legal <tt><em>option</em></tt>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
+The legal <code><em>option</em></code>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info args</strong> <em>procname</em></tt>
+<code><strong>info args</strong> <em>procname</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Returns a list containing the names of the arguments to procedure
-    <tt><em>procname</em></tt>, in order.  <tt><em>procname</em></tt> must be the name of a
+    <code><em>procname</em></code>, in order.  <code><em>procname</em></code> must be the name of a
     Tcl command procedure.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info alias</strong> <em>command</em></tt>
+<code><strong>info alias</strong> <em>command</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    <tt><em>command</em></tt> must be an alias created with <a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a>. In which case the target
-    command and arguments, as passed to <a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a> are returned. See <a href="#_exists"><strong><tt>exists</tt></strong></a> <tt>-alias</tt>
+    <code><em>command</em></code> must be an alias created with <a href="#_alias"><strong><code>alias</code></strong></a>. In which case the target
+    command and arguments, as passed to <a href="#_alias"><strong><code>alias</code></strong></a> are returned. See <a href="#_exists"><strong><code>exists</code></strong></a> <code>-alias</code>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info body</strong> <em>procname</em></tt>
+<code><strong>info body</strong> <em>procname</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns the body of procedure <tt><em>procname</em></tt>.  <tt><em>procname</em></tt> must be
+    Returns the body of procedure <code><em>procname</em></code>.  <code><em>procname</em></code> must be
     the name of a Tcl command procedure.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info channels</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>info channels</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a list of all open file handles from <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a>
+    Returns a list of all open file handles from <a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a> or <a href="#_socket"><strong><code>socket</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info commands</strong> ?<em>pattern</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>info commands</strong> ?<em>pattern</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of names of all the
+    If <code><em>pattern</em></code> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of names of all the
     Tcl commands, including both the built-in commands written in C and
-    the command procedures defined using the <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> command.
-    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is specified, only those names matching <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>
+    the command procedures defined using the <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a> command.
+    If <code><em>pattern</em></code> is specified, only those names matching <code><em>pattern</em></code>
     are returned.  Matching is determined using the same rules as for
-    <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.
+    <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>match</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info complete</strong> <em>command</em> ?<em>missing</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>info complete</strong> <em>command</em> ?<em>missing</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns 1 if <tt><em>command</em></tt> is a complete Tcl command in the sense of
+    Returns 1 if <code><em>command</em></code> is a complete Tcl command in the sense of
     having no unclosed quotes, braces, brackets or array element names,
     If the command doesn&#8217;t appear to be complete then 0 is returned.
     This command is typically used in line-oriented input environments
     to allow users to type in commands that span multiple lines;  if the
     command isn&#8217;t complete, the script can delay evaluating it until additional
-    lines have been typed to complete the command. If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is specified, the
+    lines have been typed to complete the command. If <code><em>varName</em></code> is specified, the
     missing character is stored in the variable with that name.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info exists</strong> <em>varName</em></tt>
+<code><strong>info exists</strong> <em>varName</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns <em>1</em> if the variable named <tt><em>varName</em></tt> exists in the
+    Returns <em>1</em> if the variable named <code><em>varName</em></code> exists in the
     current context (either as a global or local variable), returns <em>0</em>
     otherwise.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info frame</strong> ?<em>number</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>info frame</strong> ?<em>number</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    If <tt><em>number</em></tt> is not specified, this command returns a number
-    which is the same result as <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>level</tt> - the current stack frame level.
-    If <tt><em>number</em></tt> is specified, then the result is a list consisting of the procedure,
-    filename and line number for the procedure call at level <tt><em>number</em></tt> on the stack.
-    If <tt><em>number</em></tt> is positive then it selects a particular stack level (1 refers
+    If <code><em>number</em></code> is not specified, this command returns a number
+    which is the same result as <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>level</code> - the current stack frame level.
+    If <code><em>number</em></code> is specified, then the result is a list consisting of the procedure,
+    filename and line number for the procedure call at level <code><em>number</em></code> on the stack.
+    If <code><em>number</em></code> is positive then it selects a particular stack level (1 refers
     to the top-most active procedure, 2 to the procedure it called, and
     so on); otherwise it gives a level relative to the current level
     (0 refers to the current procedure, -1 to its caller, and so on).
-    The level has an identical meaning to <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>level</tt>.
+    The level has an identical meaning to <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>level</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info globals</strong> ?<em>pattern</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>info globals</strong> ?<em>pattern</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the names
+    If <code><em>pattern</em></code> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the names
     of currently-defined global variables.
-    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is specified, only those names matching <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>
+    If <code><em>pattern</em></code> is specified, only those names matching <code><em>pattern</em></code>
     are returned.  Matching is determined using the same rules as for
-    <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.
+    <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>match</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info hostname</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>info hostname</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    An alias for <a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.gethostname</tt></strong></a> for compatibility with Tcl 6.x
+    An alias for <a href="#cmd_1"><strong><code>os.gethostname</code></strong></a> for compatibility with Tcl 6.x
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info level</strong> ?<em>number</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>info level</strong> ?<em>number</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    If <tt><em>number</em></tt> is not specified, this command returns a number
+    If <code><em>number</em></code> is not specified, this command returns a number
     giving the stack level of the invoking procedure, or 0 if the
-    command is invoked at top-level.  If <tt><em>number</em></tt> is specified,
+    command is invoked at top-level.  If <code><em>number</em></code> is specified,
     then the result is a list consisting of the name and arguments for the
-    procedure call at level <tt><em>number</em></tt> on the stack.  If <tt><em>number</em></tt>
+    procedure call at level <code><em>number</em></code> on the stack.  If <code><em>number</em></code>
     is positive then it selects a particular stack level (1 refers
     to the top-most active procedure, 2 to the procedure it called, and
     so on); otherwise it gives a level relative to the current level
     (0 refers to the current procedure, -1 to its caller, and so on).
-    See the <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> command for more information on what stack
+    See the <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><code>uplevel</code></strong></a> command for more information on what stack
     levels mean.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info locals</strong> ?<em>pattern</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>info locals</strong> ?<em>pattern</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the names
+    If <code><em>pattern</em></code> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the names
     of currently-defined local variables, including arguments to the
-    current procedure, if any.  Variables defined with the <a href="#_global"><strong><tt>global</tt></strong></a>
-    and <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> commands will not be returned.  If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is
-    specified, only those names matching <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> are returned.
-    Matching is determined using the same rules as for <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.
+    current procedure, if any.  Variables defined with the <a href="#_global"><strong><code>global</code></strong></a>
+    and <a href="#_upvar"><strong><code>upvar</code></strong></a> commands will not be returned.  If <code><em>pattern</em></code> is
+    specified, only those names matching <code><em>pattern</em></code> are returned.
+    Matching is determined using the same rules as for <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>match</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info nameofexecutable</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>info nameofexecutable</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -4595,19 +4546,19 @@ The legal <tt><em>option</em></tt>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info procs</strong> ?<em>pattern</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>info procs</strong> ?<em>pattern</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the
+    If <code><em>pattern</em></code> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the
     names of Tcl command procedures.
-    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is specified, only those names matching <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>
+    If <code><em>pattern</em></code> is specified, only those names matching <code><em>pattern</em></code>
     are returned.  Matching is determined using the same rules as for
-    <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.
+    <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>match</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info references</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>info references</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -4616,501 +4567,501 @@ The legal <tt><em>option</em></tt>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info returncodes</strong> ?<em>code</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>info returncodes</strong> ?<em>code</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Returns a list representing the mapping of standard return codes
-    to names. e.g. <tt>{0 ok 1 error 2 return ...}</tt>. If a code is given,
+    to names. e.g. <code>{0 ok 1 error 2 return ...}</code>. If a code is given,
     instead returns the name for the given code.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info script</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>info script</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     If a Tcl script file is currently being evaluated (i.e. there is a
     call to <em>Jim_EvalFile</em> active or there is an active invocation
-    of the <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command), then this command returns the name
+    of the <a href="#_source"><strong><code>source</code></strong></a> command), then this command returns the name
     of the innermost file being processed.  Otherwise the command returns an
     empty string.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info source</strong> <em>script</em></tt>
+<code><strong>info source</strong> <em>script</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Returns the original source location of the given script as a list of
-    <tt>{filename linenumber}</tt>. If the source location can&#8217;t be determined, the
-    list <tt>{{} 0}</tt> is returned.
+    <code>{filename linenumber}</code>. If the source location can&#8217;t be determined, the
+    list <code>{{} 0}</code> is returned.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info stacktrace</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>info stacktrace</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    After an error is caught with <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>, returns the stack trace as a list
-    of <tt>{procedure filename line ...}</tt>.
+    After an error is caught with <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a>, returns the stack trace as a list
+    of <code>{procedure filename line ...}</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info statics</strong> <em>procname</em></tt>
+<code><strong>info statics</strong> <em>procname</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Returns a dictionary of the static variables of procedure
-    <tt><em>procname</em></tt>.  <tt><em>procname</em></tt> must be the name of a Tcl command
+    <code><em>procname</em></code>.  <code><em>procname</em></code> must be the name of a Tcl command
     procedure. An empty dictionary is returned if the procedure has
     no static variables.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info version</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>info version</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns the version number for this version of Jim in the form <tt><strong>x.yy</strong></tt>.
+    Returns the version number for this version of Jim in the form <code><strong>x.yy</strong></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>info vars</strong> ?<em>pattern</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>info vars</strong> ?<em>pattern</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified,
+    If <code><em>pattern</em></code> isn&#8217;t specified,
     returns a list of all the names of currently-visible variables, including
     both locals and currently-visible globals.
-    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is specified, only those names matching <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>
+    If <code><em>pattern</em></code> is specified, only those names matching <code><em>pattern</em></code>
     are returned.  Matching is determined using the same rules as for
-    <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.
+    <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>match</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_join">join</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>join</strong> <em>list ?joinString?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>list</em></tt> argument must be a valid Tcl list.  This command returns the
-string formed by joining all of the elements of <tt><em>list</em></tt> together with
-<tt><em>joinString</em></tt> separating each adjacent pair of elements.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>joinString</em></tt> argument defaults to a space character.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>join</strong> <em>list ?joinString?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <code><em>list</em></code> argument must be a valid Tcl list.  This command returns the
+string formed by joining all of the elements of <code><em>list</em></code> together with
+<code><em>joinString</em></code> separating each adjacent pair of elements.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <code><em>joinString</em></code> argument defaults to a space character.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_kill">kill</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>kill</strong> ?<em>SIG</em>|<strong>-0</strong>? <em>pid</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sends the given signal to the process identified by <tt><em>pid</em></tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>kill</strong> ?<em>SIG</em>|<strong>-0</strong>? <em>pid</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sends the given signal to the process identified by <code><em>pid</em></code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The signal may be specified by name or number in one of the following forms:</p></div>
 <div class="ulist"><ul>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt>TERM</tt>
+<code>TERM</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt>SIGTERM</tt>
+<code>SIGTERM</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt>-TERM</tt>
+<code>-TERM</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt>15</tt>
+<code>15</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<tt>-15</tt>
+<code>-15</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 </ul></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The signal name may be in either upper or lower case.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The special signal name <tt>-0</tt> simply checks that a signal <tt><em>could</em></tt> be sent.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The special signal name <code>-0</code> simply checks that a signal <code><em>could</em></code> be sent.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If no signal is specified, SIGTERM is used.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>An error is raised if the signal could not be delivered.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lambda_2">lambda</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lambda</strong> <em>args ?statics? body</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a> command is identical to <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a>, except rather than
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lambda</strong> <em>args ?statics? body</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_lambda"><strong><code>lambda</code></strong></a> command is identical to <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a>, except rather than
 creating a named procedure, it creates an anonymous procedure and returns
 the name of the procedure.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> and GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a> and GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lappend">lappend</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lappend</strong> <em>varName value ?value value ...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Treat the variable given by <tt><em>varName</em></tt> as a list and append each of
-the <tt><em>value</em></tt> arguments to that list as a separate element, with spaces
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lappend</strong> <em>varName value ?value value ...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Treat the variable given by <code><em>varName</em></code> as a list and append each of
+the <code><em>value</em></code> arguments to that list as a separate element, with spaces
 between elements.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> doesn&#8217;t exist, it is created as a list with elements given
-by the <tt><em>value</em></tt> arguments. <a href="#_lappend"><strong><tt>lappend</tt></strong></a> is similar to <a href="#_append"><strong><tt>append</tt></strong></a> except that
-each <tt><em>value</em></tt> is appended as a list element rather than raw text.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>varName</em></code> doesn&#8217;t exist, it is created as a list with elements given
+by the <code><em>value</em></code> arguments. <a href="#_lappend"><strong><code>lappend</code></strong></a> is similar to <a href="#_append"><strong><code>append</code></strong></a> except that
+each <code><em>value</em></code> is appended as a list element rather than raw text.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command provides a relatively efficient way to build up large lists.
 For example,</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>lappend a $b</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>lappend a $b</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>is much more efficient than</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a [concat $a [list $b]]</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a [concat $a [list $b]]</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>when <tt>$a</tt> is long.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>when <code>$a</code> is long.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lassign">lassign</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lassign</strong> <em>list varName ?varName ...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command treats the value <tt><em>list</em></tt> as a list and assigns successive elements from that list to
-the variables given by the <tt><em>varName</em></tt> arguments in order. If there are more variable names than
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lassign</strong> <em>list varName ?varName ...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command treats the value <code><em>list</em></code> as a list and assigns successive elements from that list to
+the variables given by the <code><em>varName</em></code> arguments in order. If there are more variable names than
 list elements, the remaining variables are set to the empty string. If there are more list ele-
 ments than variables, a list of unassigned elements is returned.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; lassign {1 2 3} a b; puts a=$a,b=$b
+<pre><code>jim&gt; lassign {1 2 3} a b; puts a=$a,b=$b
 3
-a=1,b=2</tt></pre>
+a=1,b=2</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_local">local</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>local</strong> <em>cmd ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>First, <a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a> evaluates <tt><em>cmd</em></tt> with the given arguments. The return value must
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>local</strong> <em>cmd ?arg...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>First, <a href="#_local"><strong><code>local</code></strong></a> evaluates <code><em>cmd</em></code> with the given arguments. The return value must
 be the name of an existing command, which is marked as having local scope.
 This means that when the current procedure exits, the specified
-command is deleted. This can be useful with <a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a>, local procedures or
+command is deleted. This can be useful with <a href="#_lambda"><strong><code>lambda</code></strong></a>, local procedures or
 to automatically close a filehandle.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, if a command already exists with the same name,
 the existing command will be kept rather than deleted, and may be called
-via <a href="#_upcall"><strong><tt>upcall</tt></strong></a>. The previous command will be restored when the current
-procedure exits. See <a href="#_upcall"><strong><tt>upcall</tt></strong></a> for more details.</p></div>
+via <a href="#_upcall"><strong><code>upcall</code></strong></a>. The previous command will be restored when the current
+procedure exits. See <a href="#_upcall"><strong><code>upcall</code></strong></a> for more details.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>In this example, a local procedure is created. Note that the procedure
 continues to have global scope while it is active.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>proc outer {} {
+<pre><code>proc outer {} {
   # proc ... returns "inner" which is marked local
   local proc inner {} {
     # will be deleted when 'outer' exits
-  }</tt></pre>
+  }</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>  inner
+<pre><code>  inner
   ...
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>In this example, the lambda is deleted at the end of the procedure rather
 than waiting until garbage collection.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>proc outer {} {
+<pre><code>proc outer {} {
   set x [lambda inner {args} {
     # will be deleted when 'outer' exits
   }]
   # Use 'function' here which simply returns $x
-  local function $x</tt></pre>
+  local function $x</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>  $x ...
+<pre><code>  $x ...
   ...
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_loop">loop</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>loop</strong> <em>var first limit ?incr? body</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar to <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> except simpler and possibly more efficient.
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>loop</strong> <em>var first limit ?incr? body</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar to <a href="#_for"><strong><code>for</code></strong></a> except simpler and possibly more efficient.
 With a positive increment, equivalent to:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>for {set var $first} {$var &lt; $limit} {incr var $incr} $body</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>for {set var $first} {$var &lt; $limit} {incr var $incr} $body</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>incr</em></tt> is not specified, 1 is used.
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>incr</em></code> is not specified, 1 is used.
 Note that setting the loop variable inside the loop does not
 affect the loop count.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lindex">lindex</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lindex</strong> <em>list index</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Treats <tt><em>list</em></tt> as a Tcl list and returns element <tt><em>index</em></tt> from it
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lindex</strong> <em>list index</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Treats <code><em>list</em></code> as a Tcl list and returns element <code><em>index</em></code> from it
 (0 refers to the first element of the list).
-See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>index</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In extracting the element, <tt><em>lindex</em></tt> observes the same rules concerning
+See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <code><em>index</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In extracting the element, <code><em>lindex</em></code> observes the same rules concerning
 braces and quotes and backslashes as the Tcl command interpreter; however,
 variable substitution and command substitution do not occur.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>index</em></tt> is negative or greater than or equal to the number of elements
-in <tt><em>value</em></tt>, then an empty string is returned.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>index</em></code> is negative or greater than or equal to the number of elements
+in <code><em>value</em></code>, then an empty string is returned.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_linsert">linsert</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>linsert</strong> <em>list index element ?element element ...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command produces a new list from <tt><em>list</em></tt> by inserting all
-of the <tt><em>element</em></tt> arguments just before the element <tt><em>index</em></tt>
-of <tt><em>list</em></tt>. Each <tt><em>element</em></tt> argument will become
-a separate element of the new list. If <tt><em>index</em></tt> is less than
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>linsert</strong> <em>list index element ?element element ...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command produces a new list from <code><em>list</em></code> by inserting all
+of the <code><em>element</em></code> arguments just before the element <code><em>index</em></code>
+of <code><em>list</em></code>. Each <code><em>element</em></code> argument will become
+a separate element of the new list. If <code><em>index</em></code> is less than
 or equal to zero, then the new elements are inserted at the
-beginning of the list. If <tt><em>index</em></tt> is greater than or equal
+beginning of the list. If <code><em>index</em></code> is greater than or equal
 to the number of elements in the list, then the new elements are
 appended to the list.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>index</em></tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <code><em>index</em></code>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_list">list</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>list</strong> <em>arg ?arg ...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command returns a list comprised of all the arguments, <tt><em>arg</em></tt>. Braces
-and backslashes get added as necessary, so that the <a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a> command
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>list</strong> <em>arg ?arg ...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command returns a list comprised of all the arguments, <code><em>arg</em></code>. Braces
+and backslashes get added as necessary, so that the <a href="#_lindex"><strong><code>lindex</code></strong></a> command
 may be used on the result to re-extract the original arguments, and also
-so that <a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a> may be used to execute the resulting list, with
-<tt><em>arg1</em></tt> comprising the command&#8217;s name and the other args comprising
-its arguments. <a href="#_list"><strong><tt>list</tt></strong></a> produces slightly different results than
-<a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a>:  <a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a> removes one level of grouping before forming
-the list, while <a href="#_list"><strong><tt>list</tt></strong></a> works directly from the original arguments.
+so that <a href="#_eval"><strong><code>eval</code></strong></a> may be used to execute the resulting list, with
+<code><em>arg1</em></code> comprising the command&#8217;s name and the other args comprising
+its arguments. <a href="#_list"><strong><code>list</code></strong></a> produces slightly different results than
+<a href="#_concat"><strong><code>concat</code></strong></a>:  <a href="#_concat"><strong><code>concat</code></strong></a> removes one level of grouping before forming
+the list, while <a href="#_list"><strong><code>list</code></strong></a> works directly from the original arguments.
 For example, the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>list a b {c d e} {f {g h}}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>list a b {c d e} {f {g h}}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will return</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>a b {c d e} {f {g h}}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>a b {c d e} {f {g h}}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>while <a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a> with the same arguments will return</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>while <a href="#_concat"><strong><code>concat</code></strong></a> with the same arguments will return</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>a b c d e f {g h}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>a b c d e f {g h}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_llength">llength</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>llength</strong> <em>list</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Treats <tt><em>list</em></tt> as a list and returns a decimal string giving
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>llength</strong> <em>list</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Treats <code><em>list</em></code> as a list and returns a decimal string giving
 the number of elements in it.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lset">lset</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lset</strong> <em>varName ?index ..? newValue</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lset</strong> <em>varName ?index ..? newValue</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Sets an element in a list.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a> command accepts a parameter, <tt><em>varName</em></tt>, which it interprets
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_lset"><strong><code>lset</code></strong></a> command accepts a parameter, <code><em>varName</em></code>, which it interprets
 as the name of a variable containing a Tcl list. It also accepts
 zero or more indices into the list. Finally, it accepts a new value
 for an element of varName. If no indices are presented, the command
 takes the form:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>lset varName newValue</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>lset varName newValue</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>In this case, newValue replaces the old value of the variable
 varName.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When presented with a single index, the <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a> command
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When presented with a single index, the <a href="#_lset"><strong><code>lset</code></strong></a> command
 treats the content of the varName variable as a Tcl list. It addresses
 the index&#8217;th element in it (0 refers to the first element of the
-list). When interpreting the list, <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a> observes the same rules
+list). When interpreting the list, <a href="#_lset"><strong><code>lset</code></strong></a> observes the same rules
 concerning braces and quotes and backslashes as the Tcl command
 interpreter; however, variable substitution and command substitution
 do not occur. The command constructs a new list in which the
 designated element is replaced with newValue. This new list is
 stored in the variable varName, and is also the return value from
-the <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>
+the <a href="#_lset"><strong><code>lset</code></strong></a> command.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If index is negative or greater than or equal to the number of
 elements in $varName, then an error occurs.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>index</em></tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <code><em>index</em></code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If additional index arguments are supplied, then each argument is
 used in turn to address an element within a sublist designated by
 the previous indexing operation, allowing the script to alter
 elements in sublists. The command,</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>lset a 1 2 newValue</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>lset a 1 2 newValue</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>replaces element 2 of sublist 1 with <tt><em>newValue</em></tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>replaces element 2 of sublist 1 with <code><em>newValue</em></code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The integer appearing in each index argument must be greater than
 or equal to zero. The integer appearing in each index argument must
 be strictly less than the length of the corresponding list. In other
-words, the <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a> command cannot change the size of a list. If an
+words, the <a href="#_lset"><strong><code>lset</code></strong></a> command cannot change the size of a list. If an
 index is outside the permitted range, an error is reported.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lmap">lmap</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lmap</strong> <em>varName list body</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lmap</strong> <em>varList list ?varList2 list2 ...? body</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_lmap"><strong><tt>lmap</tt></strong></a> is a "collecting" <a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a> which returns a list of its results.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lmap</strong> <em>varName list body</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lmap</strong> <em>varList list ?varList2 list2 ...? body</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_lmap"><strong><code>lmap</code></strong></a> is a "collecting" <a href="#_foreach"><strong><code>foreach</code></strong></a> which returns a list of its results.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>For example:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; lmap i {1 2 3 4 5} {expr $i*$i}
+<pre><code>jim&gt; lmap i {1 2 3 4 5} {expr $i*$i}
 1 4 9 16 25
 jim&gt; lmap a {1 2 3} b {A B C} {list $a $b}
-{1 A} {2 B} {3 C}</tt></pre>
+{1 A} {2 B} {3 C}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the body invokes <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a>, no value is added for this iteration.
-If the body invokes <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a>, the loop ends and no more values are added.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the body invokes <a href="#_continue"><strong><code>continue</code></strong></a>, no value is added for this iteration.
+If the body invokes <a href="#_break"><strong><code>break</code></strong></a>, the loop ends and no more values are added.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_load">load</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>load</strong> <em>filename</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Loads the dynamic extension, <tt><em>filename</em></tt>. Generally the filename should have
-the extension <tt>.so</tt>. The initialisation function for the module must be based
-on the name of the file. For example loading <tt>hwaccess.so</tt> will invoke
-the initialisation function, <tt>Jim_hwaccessInit</tt>. Normally the <a href="#_load"><strong><tt>load</tt></strong></a> command
-should not be used directly. Instead it is invoked automatically by <a href="#_package"><strong><tt>package</tt></strong></a> <tt>require</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>load</strong> <em>filename</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Loads the dynamic extension, <code><em>filename</em></code>. Generally the filename should have
+the extension <code>.so</code>. The initialisation function for the module must be based
+on the name of the file. For example loading <code>hwaccess.so</code> will invoke
+the initialisation function, <code>Jim_hwaccessInit</code>. Normally the <a href="#_load"><strong><code>load</code></strong></a> command
+should not be used directly. Instead it is invoked automatically by <a href="#_package"><strong><code>package</code></strong></a> <code>require</code>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lrange">lrange</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lrange</strong> <em>list first last</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>list</em></tt> must be a valid Tcl list. This command will return a new
-list consisting of elements <tt><em>first</em></tt> through <tt><em>last</em></tt>, inclusive.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>first</em></tt> and <tt><em>last</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>last</em></tt> is greater than or equal to the number of elements
-in the list, then it is treated as if it were <tt>end</tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>first</em></tt> is greater than <tt><em>last</em></tt> then an empty string
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lrange</strong> <em>list first last</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>list</em></code> must be a valid Tcl list. This command will return a new
+list consisting of elements <code><em>first</em></code> through <code><em>last</em></code>, inclusive.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <code><em>first</em></code> and <code><em>last</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>last</em></code> is greater than or equal to the number of elements
+in the list, then it is treated as if it were <code>end</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>first</em></code> is greater than <code><em>last</em></code> then an empty string
 is returned.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: <tt>"<a href="#_lrange"><strong><tt>lrange</tt></strong></a> <em>list first first</em>"</tt> does not always produce the
-same result as <tt>"<a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a> <em>list first</em>"</tt> (although it often does
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: <code>"<a href="#_lrange"><strong><code>lrange</code></strong></a> <em>list first first</em>"</code> does not always produce the
+same result as <code>"<a href="#_lindex"><strong><code>lindex</code></strong></a> <em>list first</em>"</code> (although it often does
 for simple fields that aren&#8217;t enclosed in braces); it does, however,
-produce exactly the same results as <tt>"<a href="#_list"><strong><tt>list</tt></strong></a> [<a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a> <em>list first</em>]"</tt></p></div>
+produce exactly the same results as <code>"<a href="#_list"><strong><code>list</code></strong></a> [<a href="#_lindex"><strong><code>lindex</code></strong></a> <em>list first</em>]"</code></p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lreplace">lreplace</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lreplace</strong> <em>list first last ?element element ...?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lreplace</strong> <em>list first last ?element element ...?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a new list formed by replacing one or more elements of
-<tt><em>list</em></tt> with the <tt><em>element</em></tt> arguments.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>first</em></tt> gives the index in <tt><em>list</em></tt> of the first element
+<code><em>list</em></code> with the <code><em>element</em></code> arguments.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>first</em></code> gives the index in <code><em>list</em></code> of the first element
 to be replaced.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>first</em></tt> is less than zero then it refers to the first
-element of <tt><em>list</em></tt>;  the element indicated by <tt><em>first</em></tt>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>first</em></code> is less than zero then it refers to the first
+element of <code><em>list</em></code>;  the element indicated by <code><em>first</em></code>
 must exist in the list.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>last</em></tt> gives the index in <tt><em>list</em></tt> of the last element
-to be replaced;  it must be greater than or equal to <tt><em>first</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>first</em></tt> and <tt><em>last</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>element</em></tt> arguments specify zero or more new arguments to
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>last</em></code> gives the index in <code><em>list</em></code> of the last element
+to be replaced;  it must be greater than or equal to <code><em>first</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <code><em>first</em></code> and <code><em>last</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <code><em>element</em></code> arguments specify zero or more new arguments to
 be added to the list in place of those that were deleted.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Each <tt><em>element</em></tt> argument will become a separate element of
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Each <code><em>element</em></code> argument will become a separate element of
 the list.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If no <tt><em>element</em></tt> arguments are specified, then the elements
-between <tt><em>first</em></tt> and <tt><em>last</em></tt> are simply deleted.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If no <code><em>element</em></code> arguments are specified, then the elements
+between <code><em>first</em></code> and <code><em>last</em></code> are simply deleted.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lrepeat">lrepeat</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lrepeat</strong> <em>number element1 ?element2 ...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Build a list by repeating elements <tt><em>number</em></tt> times (which must be
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lrepeat</strong> <em>number element1 ?element2 ...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Build a list by repeating elements <code><em>number</em></code> times (which must be
 a positive integer).</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; lrepeat 3 a b
-a b a b a b</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>jim&gt; lrepeat 3 a b
+a b a b a b</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lreverse">lreverse</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lreverse</strong> <em>list</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lreverse</strong> <em>list</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Returns the list in reverse order.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; lreverse {1 2 3}
-3 2 1</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>jim&gt; lreverse {1 2 3}
+3 2 1</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lsearch">lsearch</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lsearch</strong> <em>?options? list pattern</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command searches the elements <tt><em>list</em></tt> to see if one of them matches <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>. If so, the
-command returns the index of the first matching element (unless the options <tt>-all</tt>, <tt>-inline</tt> or <tt>-bool</tt> are
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lsearch</strong> <em>?options? list pattern</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command searches the elements <code><em>list</em></code> to see if one of them matches <code><em>pattern</em></code>. If so, the
+command returns the index of the first matching element (unless the options <code>-all</code>, <code>-inline</code> or <code>-bool</code> are
 specified.) If not, the command returns -1. The option arguments indicates how the elements of
 the list are to be matched against pattern and must have one of the values below:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Note</strong> that this command is different from Tcl in that default match type is <tt>-exact</tt> rather than <tt>-glob</tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Note</strong> that this command is different from Tcl in that default match type is <code>-exact</code> rather than <code>-glob</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-exact</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-exact</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is a literal string that is compared for exact equality against each list element.
+    <code><em>pattern</em></code> is a literal string that is compared for exact equality against each list element.
     This is the default.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-glob</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-glob</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is a glob-style pattern which is matched against each list element using the same
+    <code><em>pattern</em></code> is a glob-style pattern which is matched against each list element using the same
     rules as the string match command.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-regexp</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-regexp</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is treated as a regular expression and matched against each list element using
-    the rules described by <a href="#_regexp"><strong><tt>regexp</tt></strong></a>.
+    <code><em>pattern</em></code> is treated as a regular expression and matched against each list element using
+    the rules described by <a href="#_regexp"><strong><code>regexp</code></strong></a>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-command</strong> <em>cmdname</em></tt>
+<code><strong>-command</strong> <em>cmdname</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    <tt><em>cmdname</em></tt> is a command which is used to match the pattern against each element of the
-    list. It is invoked as <tt><em>cmdname</em> ?<strong>-nocase</strong>? <em>pattern listvalue</em></tt> and should return 1
+    <code><em>cmdname</em></code> is a command which is used to match the pattern against each element of the
+    list. It is invoked as <code><em>cmdname</em> ?<strong>-nocase</strong>? <em>pattern listvalue</em></code> and should return 1
     for a match, or 0 for no match.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-all</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-all</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Changes the result to be the list of all matching indices (or all matching values if
-    <tt>-inline</tt> is specified as well). If indices are returned, the indices will be in numeric
+    <code>-inline</code> is specified as well). If indices are returned, the indices will be in numeric
     order. If values are returned, the order of the values will be the order of those values
     within the input list.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-inline</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-inline</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     The matching value is returned instead of its index (or an empty string if no value
-    matches). If <tt>-all</tt> is also specified, then the result of the command is the list of all
-    values that matched. The <tt>-inline</tt> and <tt>-bool</tt> options are mutually exclusive.
+    matches). If <code>-all</code> is also specified, then the result of the command is the list of all
+    values that matched. The <code>-inline</code> and <code>-bool</code> options are mutually exclusive.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-bool</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-bool</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Changes the result to <em>1</em> if a match was found, or <em>0</em> otherwise. If <tt>-all</tt> is also specified,
+    Changes the result to <em>1</em> if a match was found, or <em>0</em> otherwise. If <code>-all</code> is also specified,
     the result will be a list of <em>0</em> and <em>1</em> for each element of the list depending upon whether
-    the corresponding element matches. The <tt>-inline</tt> and <tt>-bool</tt> options are mutually exclusive.
+    the corresponding element matches. The <code>-inline</code> and <code>-bool</code> options are mutually exclusive.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-not</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-not</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     This negates the sense of the match, returning the index (or value
-    if <tt>-inline</tt> is specified) of the first non-matching value in the
-    list. If <tt>-bool</tt> is also specified, the <em>0</em> will be returned if a
-    match is found, or <em>1</em> otherwise. If <tt>-all</tt> is also specified,
+    if <code>-inline</code> is specified) of the first non-matching value in the
+    list. If <code>-bool</code> is also specified, the <em>0</em> will be returned if a
+    match is found, or <em>1</em> otherwise. If <code>-all</code> is also specified,
     non-matches will be returned rather than matches.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-nocase</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-nocase</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5121,37 +5072,37 @@ the list are to be matched against pattern and must have one of the values below
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_lsort">lsort</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lsort</strong> ?<strong>-index</strong> <em>listindex</em>? ?<strong>-integer</strong>|<strong>-command</strong> <em>cmdname</em>? ?<strong>-decreasing</strong>|<strong>-increasing</strong>? <em>list</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sort the elements of <tt><em>list</em></tt>, returning a new list in sorted order.
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>lsort</strong> ?<strong>-index</strong> <em>listindex</em>? ?<strong>-integer</strong>|<strong>-command</strong> <em>cmdname</em>? ?<strong>-decreasing</strong>|<strong>-increasing</strong>? <em>list</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sort the elements of <code><em>list</em></code>, returning a new list in sorted order.
 By default, ASCII sorting is used, with the result in increasing order.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-integer</tt> is specified, numeric sorting is used.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-command <em>cmdname</em></tt> is specified, <tt><em>cmdname</em></tt> is treated as a command
-name. For each comparison, <tt><em>cmdname $value1 $value2</tt></em> is called which
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code>-integer</code> is specified, numeric sorting is used.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code>-command <em>cmdname</em></code> is specified, <code><em>cmdname</em></code> is treated as a command
+name. For each comparison, <code><em>cmdname $value1 $value2</code></em> is called which
 should compare the values and return an integer less than, equal
-to, or greater than zero if the <tt><em>$value1</em></tt> is to be considered less
-than, equal to, or greater than <tt><em>$value2</em></tt>, respectively.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-decreasing</tt> is specified, the resulting list is in the opposite
-order to what it would be otherwise. <tt>-increasing</tt> is the default.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-index <em>listindex</em></tt> is specified, each element of the list is treated as a list and
+to, or greater than zero if the <code><em>$value1</em></code> is to be considered less
+than, equal to, or greater than <code><em>$value2</em></code>, respectively.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code>-decreasing</code> is specified, the resulting list is in the opposite
+order to what it would be otherwise. <code>-increasing</code> is the default.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code>-index <em>listindex</em></code> is specified, each element of the list is treated as a list and
 the given index is extracted from the list for comparison. The list index may
-be any valid list index, such as <tt>1</tt>, <tt>end</tt> or <tt>end-2</tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-index <em>listindex</em></tt> is specified, each element of the list is treated as a list and
+be any valid list index, such as <code>1</code>, <code>end</code> or <code>end-2</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code>-index <em>listindex</em></code> is specified, each element of the list is treated as a list and
 the given index is extracted from the list for comparison. The list index may
-be any valid list index, such as <tt>1</tt>, <tt>end</tt> or <tt>end-2</tt>.</p></div>
+be any valid list index, such as <code>1</code>, <code>end</code> or <code>end-2</code>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_open">open</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>open</strong> <em>fileName ?access?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>open</strong> <em>|command-pipeline ?access?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>open</strong> <em>fileName ?access?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>open</strong> <em>|command-pipeline ?access?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Opens a file and returns an identifier
 that may be used in future invocations
-of commands like <a href="#_read"><strong><tt>read</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_puts"><strong><tt>puts</tt></strong></a>, and <a href="#_close"><strong><tt>close</tt></strong></a>.
-<tt><em>fileName</em></tt> gives the name of the file to open.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>access</em></tt> argument indicates the way in which the file is to be accessed.
+of commands like <a href="#_read"><strong><code>read</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_puts"><strong><code>puts</code></strong></a>, and <a href="#_close"><strong><code>close</code></strong></a>.
+<code><em>fileName</em></code> gives the name of the file to open.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <code><em>access</em></code> argument indicates the way in which the file is to be accessed.
 It may have any of the following values:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>r</tt>
+<code>r</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5159,7 +5110,7 @@ It may have any of the following values:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>r</tt>+
+<code>r</code>+
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5168,7 +5119,7 @@ It may have any of the following values:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>w</tt>
+<code>w</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5177,7 +5128,7 @@ It may have any of the following values:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>w</tt>+
+<code>w</code>+
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5186,7 +5137,7 @@ It may have any of the following values:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>a</tt>
+<code>a</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5195,7 +5146,7 @@ It may have any of the following values:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>a</tt>+
+<code>a</code>+
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5205,162 +5156,162 @@ It may have any of the following values:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>access</em></tt> defaults to <em>r</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a file is opened for both reading and writing, then <a href="#_seek"><strong><tt>seek</tt></strong></a>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>access</em></code> defaults to <em>r</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a file is opened for both reading and writing, then <a href="#_seek"><strong><code>seek</code></strong></a>
 must be invoked between a read and a write, or vice versa.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the first character of <tt><em>fileName</em></tt> is "|" then the remaining
-characters of <tt><em>fileName</em></tt> are treated as a list of arguments that
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the first character of <code><em>fileName</em></code> is "|" then the remaining
+characters of <code><em>fileName</em></code> are treated as a list of arguments that
 describe a command pipeline to invoke, in the same style as the
 arguments for exec. In this case, the channel identifier returned
 by open may be used to write to the command&#8217;s input pipe or read
-from its output pipe, depending on the value of <tt><em>access</em></tt>. If write-only
-access is used (e.g. <tt><em>access</em></tt> is <em>w</em>), then standard output for the
+from its output pipe, depending on the value of <code><em>access</em></code>. If write-only
+access is used (e.g. <code><em>access</em></code> is <em>w</em>), then standard output for the
 pipeline is directed to the current standard output unless overridden
-by the command. If read-only access is used (e.g. <tt><em>access</em></tt> is r),
+by the command. If read-only access is used (e.g. <code><em>access</em></code> is r),
 standard input for the pipeline is taken from the current standard
 input unless overridden by the command.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_pid"><strong><tt>pid</tt></strong></a> command may be used to return the process ids of the commands
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_pid"><strong><code>pid</code></strong></a> command may be used to return the process ids of the commands
 forming the command pipeline.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_pid"><strong><tt>pid</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_socket"><strong><code>socket</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_pid"><strong><code>pid</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a></p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_package">package</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>package provide</strong> <em>name ?version?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicates that the current script provides the package named <tt><em>name</em></tt>.
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>package provide</strong> <em>name ?version?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicates that the current script provides the package named <code><em>name</em></code>.
 If no version is specified, <em>1.0</em> is used.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Any script which provides a package may include this statement
 as the first statement, although it is not required.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>package require</strong> <em>name ?version?</em>*</tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Searches for the package with the given <tt><em>name</em></tt> by examining each path
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>package require</strong> <em>name ?version?</em>*</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Searches for the package with the given <code><em>name</em></code> by examining each path
 in <em>$::auto_path</em> and trying to load <em>$path/$name.so</em> as a dynamic extension,
 or <em>$path/$name.tcl</em> as a script package.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The first such file which is found is considered to provide the the package.
 (The version number is ignored).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>$name.so</em> exists, it is loaded with the <a href="#_load"><strong><tt>load</tt></strong></a> command,
-otherwise if <em>$name.tcl</em> exists it is loaded with the <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <a href="#_load"><strong><tt>load</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> fails, <a href="#_package"><strong><tt>package</tt></strong></a> <tt>require</tt> will fail immediately.
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>$name.so</em> exists, it is loaded with the <a href="#_load"><strong><code>load</code></strong></a> command,
+otherwise if <em>$name.tcl</em> exists it is loaded with the <a href="#_source"><strong><code>source</code></strong></a> command.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <a href="#_load"><strong><code>load</code></strong></a> or <a href="#_source"><strong><code>source</code></strong></a> fails, <a href="#_package"><strong><code>package</code></strong></a> <code>require</code> will fail immediately.
 No further attempt will be made to locate the file.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_pid">pid</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>pid</strong></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>pid</strong> <em>fileId</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>pid</strong></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>pid</strong> <em>fileId</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The first form returns the process identifier of the current process.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The second form accepts a handle returned by <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a> and returns a list
-of the process ids forming the pipeline in the same form as <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> <tt>... &amp;</tt>.
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The second form accepts a handle returned by <a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a> and returns a list
+of the process ids forming the pipeline in the same form as <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a> <code>... &amp;</code>.
 If <em>fileId</em> represents a regular file handle rather than a command pipeline,
 the empty string is returned instead.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a></p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_proc">proc</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>proc</strong> <em>name args ?statics? body</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> command creates a new Tcl command procedure, <tt><em>name</em></tt>.
-When the new command is invoked, the contents of <tt><em>body</em></tt> will be executed.
-Tcl interpreter. <tt><em>args</em></tt> specifies the formal arguments to the procedure.
-If specified, <tt><em>static</em></tt>, declares static variables which are bound to the
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>proc</strong> <em>name args ?statics? body</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a> command creates a new Tcl command procedure, <code><em>name</em></code>.
+When the new command is invoked, the contents of <code><em>body</em></code> will be executed.
+Tcl interpreter. <code><em>args</em></code> specifies the formal arguments to the procedure.
+If specified, <code><em>static</em></code>, declares static variables which are bound to the
 procedure.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>See PROCEDURES for detailed information about Tcl procedures.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> command returns <tt><em>name</em></tt> (which is useful with <a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a>).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a> command returns <code><em>name</em></code> (which is useful with <a href="#_local"><strong><code>local</code></strong></a>).</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>When a procedure is invoked, the procedure&#8217;s return value is the
-value specified in a <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> command.  If the procedure doesn&#8217;t
-execute an explicit <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a>, then its return value is the value
+value specified in a <a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a> command.  If the procedure doesn&#8217;t
+execute an explicit <a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a>, then its return value is the value
 of the last command executed in the procedure&#8217;s body.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If an error occurs while executing the procedure body, then the
 procedure-as-a-whole will return that same error.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_puts">puts</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>puts</strong> ?<strong>-nonewline</strong>? <em>?fileId? string</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>puts</strong> ?<strong>-nonewline</strong>? <em>string</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Writes the characters given by <tt><em>string</em></tt> to the file given
-by <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>. <tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must have been the return
-value from a previous call to <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>, or it may be
-<tt>stdout</tt> or <tt>stderr</tt> to refer to one of the standard I/O
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>puts</strong> ?<strong>-nonewline</strong>? <em>?fileId? string</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em> <strong>puts</strong> ?<strong>-nonewline</strong>? <em>string</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Writes the characters given by <code><em>string</em></code> to the file given
+by <code><em>fileId</em></code>. <code><em>fileId</em></code> must have been the return
+value from a previous call to <a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a>, or it may be
+<code>stdout</code> or <code>stderr</code> to refer to one of the standard I/O
 channels; it must refer to a file that was opened for
 writing.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In the first form, if no <tt><em>fileId</em></tt> is specified then it defaults to <tt>stdout</tt>.
-<a href="#_puts"><strong><tt>puts</tt></strong></a> normally outputs a newline character after <tt><em>string</em></tt>,
-but this feature may be suppressed by specifying the <tt>-nonewline</tt>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In the first form, if no <code><em>fileId</em></code> is specified then it defaults to <code>stdout</code>.
+<a href="#_puts"><strong><code>puts</code></strong></a> normally outputs a newline character after <code><em>string</em></code>,
+but this feature may be suppressed by specifying the <code>-nonewline</code>
 switch.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Output to files is buffered internally by Tcl; the <a href="#_flush"><strong><tt>flush</tt></strong></a>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Output to files is buffered internally by Tcl; the <a href="#_flush"><strong><code>flush</code></strong></a>
 command may be used to force buffered characters to be output.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_pwd">pwd</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>pwd</strong></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>pwd</strong></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Returns the path name of the current working directory.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_rand">rand</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>rand</strong> <em>?min? ?max?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a random integer between <tt><em>min</em></tt> (defaults to 0) and <tt><em>max</em></tt>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>rand</strong> <em>?min? ?max?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a random integer between <code><em>min</em></code> (defaults to 0) and <code><em>max</em></code>
 (defaults to the maximum integer).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If only one argument is given, it is interpreted as <tt><em>max</em></tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If only one argument is given, it is interpreted as <code><em>max</em></code>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_range">range</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>range</strong> <em>?start? end ?step?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a list of integers starting at <tt><em>start</em></tt> (defaults to 0)
-and ranging up to but not including <tt><em>end</em></tt> in steps of <tt><em>step</em></tt> defaults to 1).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>range</strong> <em>?start? end ?step?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a list of integers starting at <code><em>start</em></code> (defaults to 0)
+and ranging up to but not including <code><em>end</em></code> in steps of <code><em>step</em></code> defaults to 1).</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; range 5
+<pre><code>jim&gt; range 5
 0 1 2 3 4
 jim&gt; range 2 5
 2 3 4
 jim&gt; range 2 10 4
 2 6
 jim&gt; range 7 4 -2
-7 5</tt></pre>
+7 5</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_read">read</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>read</strong> ?<strong>-nonewline</strong>? <em>fileId</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>read</strong> ?<strong>-nonewline</strong>?</tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>read</strong> <em>fileId numBytes</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>read</strong> <em>numBytes</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>read</strong> ?<strong>-nonewline</strong>? <em>fileId</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em> <strong>read</strong> ?<strong>-nonewline</strong>?</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>read</strong> <em>fileId numBytes</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em> <strong>read</strong> <em>numBytes</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>In the first form, all of the remaining bytes are read from the file
-given by <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>; they are returned as the result of the command.
-If the <tt>-nonewline</tt> switch is specified then the last
+given by <code><em>fileId</em></code>; they are returned as the result of the command.
+If the <code>-nonewline</code> switch is specified then the last
 character of the file is discarded if it is a newline.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>In the second form, the extra argument specifies how many bytes to read;
 exactly this many bytes will be read and returned, unless there are fewer than
-<tt><em>numBytes</em></tt> bytes left in the file; in this case, all the remaining
+<code><em>numBytes</em></code> bytes left in the file; in this case, all the remaining
 bytes are returned.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must be <tt>stdin</tt> or the return value from a previous call
-to <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>; it must refer to a file that was opened for reading.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em></code> must be <code>stdin</code> or the return value from a previous call
+to <a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a>; it must refer to a file that was opened for reading.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_regexp">regexp</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>regexp ?-nocase? ?-line? ?-indices? ?-start</strong> <em>offset</em>? <strong>?-all? ?-inline? ?--?</strong> <em>exp string ?matchVar? ?subMatchVar subMatchVar ...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Determines whether the regular expression <tt><em>exp</em></tt> matches part or
-all of <tt><em>string</em></tt> and returns 1 if it does, 0 if it doesn&#8217;t.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>regexp ?-nocase? ?-line? ?-indices? ?-start</strong> <em>offset</em>? <strong>?-all? ?-inline? ?--?</strong> <em>exp string ?matchVar? ?subMatchVar subMatchVar ...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Determines whether the regular expression <code><em>exp</em></code> matches part or
+all of <code><em>string</em></code> and returns 1 if it does, 0 if it doesn&#8217;t.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>See REGULAR EXPRESSIONS above for complete information on the
-syntax of <tt><em>exp</em></tt> and how it is matched against <tt><em>string</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If additional arguments are specified after <tt><em>string</em></tt> then they
+syntax of <code><em>exp</em></code> and how it is matched against <code><em>string</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If additional arguments are specified after <code><em>string</em></code> then they
 are treated as the names of variables to use to return
-information about which part(s) of <tt><em>string</em></tt> matched <tt><em>exp</em></tt>.
-<tt><em>matchVar</em></tt> will be set to the range of <tt><em>string</em></tt> that
-matched all of <tt><em>exp</em></tt>. The first <tt><em>subMatchVar</em></tt> will contain
-the characters in <tt><em>string</em></tt> that matched the leftmost parenthesized
-subexpression within <tt><em>exp</em></tt>, the next <tt><em>subMatchVar</em></tt> will
+information about which part(s) of <code><em>string</em></code> matched <code><em>exp</em></code>.
+<code><em>matchVar</em></code> will be set to the range of <code><em>string</em></code> that
+matched all of <code><em>exp</em></code>. The first <code><em>subMatchVar</em></code> will contain
+the characters in <code><em>string</em></code> that matched the leftmost parenthesized
+subexpression within <code><em>exp</em></code>, the next <code><em>subMatchVar</em></code> will
 contain the characters that matched the next parenthesized
-subexpression to the right in <tt><em>exp</em></tt>, and so on.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, <tt><em>matchVar</em></tt> and the each <tt><em>subMatchVar</em></tt> are set to hold the
-matching characters from <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a>, however see <tt>-indices</tt> and
-<tt>-inline</tt> below.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are more values for <tt><em>subMatchVar</em></tt> than parenthesized subexpressions
-within <tt><em>exp</em></tt>, or if a particular subexpression in <tt><em>exp</em></tt> doesn&#8217;t
+subexpression to the right in <code><em>exp</em></code>, and so on.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, <code><em>matchVar</em></code> and the each <code><em>subMatchVar</em></code> are set to hold the
+matching characters from <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a>, however see <code>-indices</code> and
+<code>-inline</code> below.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are more values for <code><em>subMatchVar</em></code> than parenthesized subexpressions
+within <code><em>exp</em></code>, or if a particular subexpression in <code><em>exp</em></code> doesn&#8217;t
 match the string (e.g. because it was in a portion of the expression
-that wasn&#8217;t matched), then the corresponding <tt><em>subMatchVar</em></tt> will be
-set to <tt>"-1 -1"</tt> if <tt>-indices</tt> has been specified or to an empty
+that wasn&#8217;t matched), then the corresponding <code><em>subMatchVar</em></code> will be
+set to <code>"-1 -1"</code> if <code>-indices</code> has been specified or to an empty
 string otherwise.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The following switches modify the behaviour of <tt><em>regexp</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The following switches modify the behaviour of <code><em>regexp</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-nocase</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-nocase</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5369,21 +5320,21 @@ string otherwise.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-line</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-line</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Use newline-sensitive matching. By default, newline
     is a completely ordinary character with no special meaning in
-    either REs or strings. With this flag, <tt>[<sup></tt> bracket expressions
-    and <tt>.</tt> never match newline, a <tt></sup></tt> anchor matches the null
+    either REs or strings. With this flag, <code>[<sup></code> bracket expressions
+    and <code>.</code> never match newline, a <code></sup></code> anchor matches the null
     string after any newline in the string in addition to its normal
-    function, and the <tt>$</tt> anchor matches the null string before any
+    function, and the <code>$</code> anchor matches the null string before any
     newline in the string in addition to its normal function.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-indices</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-indices</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5395,19 +5346,19 @@ string otherwise.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-start</strong> <em>offset</em></tt>
+<code><strong>-start</strong> <em>offset</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Specifies a character index offset into the string at which to start
-    matching the regular expression. If <tt>-indices</tt> is
+    matching the regular expression. If <code>-indices</code> is
     specified, the indices will be indexed starting from the
-    absolute beginning of the input string. <tt><em>offset</em></tt> will be
+    absolute beginning of the input string. <code><em>offset</em></code> will be
     constrained to the bounds of the input string.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-all</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-all</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5418,13 +5369,13 @@ string otherwise.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-inline</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-inline</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Causes the command to return, as a list, the data that would otherwise
-    be placed in match variables. When using <tt>-inline</tt>, match variables
-    may not be specified. If used with <tt>-all</tt>, the list will be concatenated
+    be placed in match variables. When using <code>-inline</code>, match variables
+    may not be specified. If used with <code>-all</code>, the list will be concatenated
     at each iteration, such that a flat list is always returned. For
     each match iteration, the command will append the overall match
     data, plus one element for each subexpression in the regular
@@ -5432,244 +5383,244 @@ string otherwise.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>--</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>--</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Marks the end of switches. The argument following this one will be
-    treated as <tt><em>exp</em></tt> even if it starts with a <tt>-</tt>.
+    treated as <code><em>exp</em></code> even if it starts with a <code>-</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_regsub">regsub</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>regsub ?-nocase? ?-all? ?-line? ?-start</strong> <em>offset</em>? ?<strong>--</strong>? <em>exp string subSpec ?varName?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command matches the regular expression <tt><em>exp</em></tt> against
-<tt><em>string</em></tt> using the rules described in REGULAR EXPRESSIONS
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>regsub ?-nocase? ?-all? ?-line? ?-start</strong> <em>offset</em>? ?<strong>--</strong>? <em>exp string subSpec ?varName?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command matches the regular expression <code><em>exp</em></code> against
+<code><em>string</em></code> using the rules described in REGULAR EXPRESSIONS
 above.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is specified, the commands stores <tt><em>string</em></tt> to <tt><em>varName</em></tt>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>varName</em></code> is specified, the commands stores <code><em>string</em></code> to <code><em>varName</em></code>
 with the substitutions detailed below, and returns the number of
-substitutions made (normally 1 unless <tt>-all</tt> is specified).
+substitutions made (normally 1 unless <code>-all</code> is specified).
 This is 0 if there were no matches.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is not specified, the substituted string will be returned
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>varName</em></code> is not specified, the substituted string will be returned
 instead.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When copying <tt><em>string</em></tt>, the portion of <tt><em>string</em></tt> that
-matched <tt><em>exp</em></tt> is replaced with <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt>.
-If <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> contains a <tt>&amp;</tt> or <tt>\0</tt>, then it is replaced
-in the substitution with the portion of <tt><em>string</em></tt> that
-matched <tt><em>exp</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> contains a <tt>\n</tt>, where <tt><em>n</em></tt> is a digit
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When copying <code><em>string</em></code>, the portion of <code><em>string</em></code> that
+matched <code><em>exp</em></code> is replaced with <code><em>subSpec</em></code>.
+If <code><em>subSpec</em></code> contains a <code>&amp;</code> or <code>\0</code>, then it is replaced
+in the substitution with the portion of <code><em>string</em></code> that
+matched <code><em>exp</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>subSpec</em></code> contains a <code>\n</code>, where <code><em>n</em></code> is a digit
 between 1 and 9, then it is replaced in the substitution with
-the portion of <tt><em>string</em></tt> that matched the <tt><em>n</em></tt>'-th
-parenthesized subexpression of <tt><em>exp</em></tt>.
-Additional backslashes may be used in <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> to prevent special
-interpretation of <tt>&amp;</tt> or <tt>\0</tt> or <tt>\n</tt> or
+the portion of <code><em>string</em></code> that matched the <code><em>n</em></code>'-th
+parenthesized subexpression of <code><em>exp</em></code>.
+Additional backslashes may be used in <code><em>subSpec</em></code> to prevent special
+interpretation of <code>&amp;</code> or <code>\0</code> or <code>\n</code> or
 backslash.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of backslashes in <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> tends to interact badly
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of backslashes in <code><em>subSpec</em></code> tends to interact badly
 with the Tcl parser&#8217;s use of backslashes, so it&#8217;s generally
-safest to enclose <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> in braces if it includes
+safest to enclose <code><em>subSpec</em></code> in braces if it includes
 backslashes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The following switches modify the behaviour of <tt><em>regsub</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The following switches modify the behaviour of <code><em>regsub</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-nocase</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-nocase</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Upper-case characters in <tt><em>string</em></tt> are converted to lower-case
-    before matching against <tt><em>exp</em></tt>;  however, substitutions
-    specified by <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> use the original unconverted form
-    of <tt><em>string</em></tt>.
+    Upper-case characters in <code><em>string</em></code> are converted to lower-case
+    before matching against <code><em>exp</em></code>;  however, substitutions
+    specified by <code><em>subSpec</em></code> use the original unconverted form
+    of <code><em>string</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-all</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-all</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    All ranges in <tt><em>string</em></tt> that match <tt><em>exp</em></tt> are found and substitution
+    All ranges in <code><em>string</em></code> that match <code><em>exp</em></code> are found and substitution
     is performed for each of these ranges, rather than only the
-    first. The <tt>&amp;</tt> and <tt>\n</tt> sequences are handled for
+    first. The <code>&amp;</code> and <code>\n</code> sequences are handled for
     each substitution using the information from the corresponding
     match.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-line</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>-line</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Use newline-sensitive matching. By default, newline
     is a completely ordinary character with no special meaning in
-    either REs or strings.  With this flag, <tt>[<sup></tt> bracket expressions
-    and <tt>.</tt> never match newline, a <tt></sup></tt> anchor matches the null
+    either REs or strings.  With this flag, <code>[<sup></code> bracket expressions
+    and <code>.</code> never match newline, a <code></sup></code> anchor matches the null
     string after any newline in the string in addition to its normal
-    function, and the <tt>$</tt> anchor matches the null string before any
+    function, and the <code>$</code> anchor matches the null string before any
     newline in the string in addition to its normal function.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-start</strong> <em>offset</em></tt>
+<code><strong>-start</strong> <em>offset</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Specifies a character index offset into the string at which to
-    start matching the regular expression. <tt><em>offset</em></tt> will be
+    start matching the regular expression. <code><em>offset</em></code> will be
     constrained to the bounds of the input string.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>--</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>--</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Marks the end of switches. The argument following this one will be
-    treated as <tt><em>exp</em></tt> even if it starts with a <tt>-</tt>.
+    treated as <code><em>exp</em></code> even if it starts with a <code>-</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_ref">ref</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>ref</strong> <em>string tag ?finalizer?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Create a new reference containing <tt><em>string</em></tt> of type <tt><em>tag</em></tt>.
-If <tt><em>finalizer</em></tt> is specified, it is a command which will be invoked
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>ref</strong> <em>string tag ?finalizer?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Create a new reference containing <code><em>string</em></code> of type <code><em>tag</em></code>.
+If <code><em>finalizer</em></code> is specified, it is a command which will be invoked
 when the a garbage collection cycle runs and this reference is
 no longer accessible.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The finalizer is invoked as:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>finalizer reference string</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>finalizer reference string</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>See GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_rename">rename</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>rename</strong> <em>oldName newName</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Rename the command that used to be called <tt><em>oldName</em></tt> so that it
-is now called <tt><em>newName</em></tt>.  If <tt><em>newName</em></tt> is an empty string
-(e.g. {}) then <tt><em>oldName</em></tt> is deleted.  The <a href="#_rename"><strong><tt>rename</tt></strong></a> command
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>rename</strong> <em>oldName newName</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Rename the command that used to be called <code><em>oldName</em></code> so that it
+is now called <code><em>newName</em></code>.  If <code><em>newName</em></code> is an empty string
+(e.g. {}) then <code><em>oldName</em></code> is deleted.  The <a href="#_rename"><strong><code>rename</code></strong></a> command
 returns an empty string as result.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_return">return</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>return</strong> ?<strong>-code</strong> <em>code</em>? ?<strong>-errorinfo</strong> <em>stacktrace</em>? ?<strong>-errorcode</strong> <em>errorcode</em>? ?<strong>-level</strong> <em>n</em>? ?<em>value</em>?</tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>return</strong> ?<strong>-code</strong> <em>code</em>? ?<strong>-errorinfo</strong> <em>stacktrace</em>? ?<strong>-errorcode</strong> <em>errorcode</em>? ?<strong>-level</strong> <em>n</em>? ?<em>value</em>?</code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Return immediately from the current procedure (or top-level command
-or <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command), with <tt><em>value</em></tt> as the return value.  If <tt><em>value</em></tt>
+or <a href="#_source"><strong><code>source</code></strong></a> command), with <code><em>value</em></code> as the return value.  If <code><em>value</em></code>
 is not specified, an empty string will be returned as result.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-code</tt> is specified (as either a number or ok, error, break,
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code>-code</code> is specified (as either a number or ok, error, break,
 continue, signal, return or exit), this code will be used instead
-of <tt>JIM_OK</tt>. This is generally useful when implementing flow of control
+of <code>JIM_OK</code>. This is generally useful when implementing flow of control
 commands.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-level</tt> is specified and greater than 1, it has the effect of delaying
-the new return code from <tt>-code</tt>. This is useful when rethrowing an error
-from <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>. See the implementation of try/catch in tclcompat.tcl for
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code>-level</code> is specified and greater than 1, it has the effect of delaying
+the new return code from <code>-code</code>. This is useful when rethrowing an error
+from <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a>. See the implementation of try/catch in tclcompat.tcl for
 an example of how this is done.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: The following options are only used when <tt>-code</tt> is JIM_ERR.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-errorinfo</tt> is specified (as returned from <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>stacktrace</tt>)
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: The following options are only used when <code>-code</code> is JIM_ERR.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code>-errorinfo</code> is specified (as returned from <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>stacktrace</code>)
 it is used to initialize the stacktrace.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-errorcode</tt> is specified, it is used to set the global variable $::errorCode.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code>-errorcode</code> is specified, it is used to set the global variable $::errorCode.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_scan">scan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>scan</strong> <em>string format varName1 ?varName2 ...?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>scan</strong> <em>string format varName1 ?varName2 ...?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command parses fields from an input string in the same fashion
-as the C <em>sscanf</em> procedure.  <tt><em>string</em></tt> gives the input to be parsed
-and <tt><em>format</em></tt> indicates how to parse it, using <em>%</em> fields as in
+as the C <em>sscanf</em> procedure.  <code><em>string</em></code> gives the input to be parsed
+and <code><em>format</em></code> indicates how to parse it, using <em>%</em> fields as in
 <em>sscanf</em>.  All of the <em>sscanf</em> options are valid; see the <em>sscanf</em>
-man page for details.  Each <tt><em>varName</em></tt> gives the name of a variable;
-when a field is scanned from <tt><em>string</em></tt>, the result is converted back
-into a string and assigned to the corresponding <tt><em>varName</em></tt>.  The
+man page for details.  Each <code><em>varName</em></code> gives the name of a variable;
+when a field is scanned from <code><em>string</em></code>, the result is converted back
+into a string and assigned to the corresponding <code><em>varName</em></code>.  The
 only unusual conversion is for <em>%c</em>.  For <em>%c</em> conversions a single
 character value is converted to a decimal string, which is then
-assigned to the corresponding <tt><em>varName</em></tt>; no field width may be
+assigned to the corresponding <code><em>varName</em></code>; no field width may be
 specified for this conversion.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_seek">seek</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>seek</strong> <em>fileId offset ?origin?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>seek</strong> <em>offset ?origin?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Change the current access position for <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>.
-The <tt><em>offset</em></tt> and <tt><em>origin</em></tt> arguments specify the position at
-which the next read or write will occur for <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>.
-<tt><em>offset</em></tt> must be a number (which may be negative) and <tt><em>origin</em></tt>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>seek</strong> <em>fileId offset ?origin?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em> <strong>seek</strong> <em>offset ?origin?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Change the current access position for <code><em>fileId</em></code>.
+The <code><em>offset</em></code> and <code><em>origin</em></code> arguments specify the position at
+which the next read or write will occur for <code><em>fileId</em></code>.
+<code><em>offset</em></code> must be a number (which may be negative) and <code><em>origin</em></code>
 must be one of the following:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>start</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>start</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    The new access position will be <tt><em>offset</em></tt> bytes from the start
+    The new access position will be <code><em>offset</em></code> bytes from the start
     of the file.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>current</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>current</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    The new access position will be <tt><em>offset</em></tt> bytes from the current
-    access position; a negative <tt><em>offset</em></tt> moves the access position
+    The new access position will be <code><em>offset</em></code> bytes from the current
+    access position; a negative <code><em>offset</em></code> moves the access position
     backwards in the file.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>end</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>end</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    The new access position will be <tt><em>offset</em></tt> bytes from the end of
-    the file.  A negative <tt><em>offset</em></tt> places the access position before
-    the end-of-file, and a positive <tt><em>offset</em></tt> places the access position
+    The new access position will be <code><em>offset</em></code> bytes from the end of
+    the file.  A negative <code><em>offset</em></code> places the access position before
+    the end-of-file, and a positive <code><em>offset</em></code> places the access position
     after the end-of-file.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>origin</em></tt> argument defaults to <tt>start</tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must have been the return value from a previous call to
-<a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>, or it may be <tt>stdin</tt>, <tt>stdout</tt>, or <tt>stderr</tt> to refer to one
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <code><em>origin</em></code> argument defaults to <code>start</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em></code> must have been the return value from a previous call to
+<a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a>, or it may be <code>stdin</code>, <code>stdout</code>, or <code>stderr</code> to refer to one
 of the standard I/O channels.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command returns an empty string.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_set">set</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>set</strong> <em>varName ?value?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns the value of variable <tt><em>varName</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>value</em></tt> is specified, then set the value of <tt><em>varName</em></tt> to <tt><em>value</em></tt>,
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>set</strong> <em>varName ?value?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns the value of variable <code><em>varName</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>value</em></code> is specified, then set the value of <code><em>varName</em></code> to <code><em>value</em></code>,
 creating a new variable if one doesn&#8217;t already exist, and return
 its value.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> contains an open parenthesis and ends with a
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>varName</em></code> contains an open parenthesis and ends with a
 close parenthesis, then it refers to an array element:  the characters
 before the open parenthesis are the name of the array, and the characters
 between the parentheses are the index within the array.
-Otherwise <tt><em>varName</em></tt> refers to a scalar variable.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If no procedure is active, then <tt><em>varName</em></tt> refers to a global
+Otherwise <code><em>varName</em></code> refers to a scalar variable.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If no procedure is active, then <code><em>varName</em></code> refers to a global
 variable.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a procedure is active, then <tt><em>varName</em></tt> refers to a parameter
-or local variable of the procedure, unless the <tt><em>global</em></tt> command
-has been invoked to declare <tt><em>varName</em></tt> to be global.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt>::</tt> prefix may also be used to explicitly reference a variable
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a procedure is active, then <code><em>varName</em></code> refers to a parameter
+or local variable of the procedure, unless the <code><em>global</em></code> command
+has been invoked to declare <code><em>varName</em></code> to be global.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <code>::</code> prefix may also be used to explicitly reference a variable
 in the global scope.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_setref">setref</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>setref</strong> <em>reference string</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Store a new string in <tt><em>reference</em></tt>, replacing the existing string.
-The reference must be a valid reference create with the <a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>setref</strong> <em>reference string</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Store a new string in <code><em>reference</em></code>, replacing the existing string.
+The reference must be a valid reference create with the <a href="#_ref"><strong><code>ref</code></strong></a>
 command.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>See GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_signal">signal</h3>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Command for signal handling.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See <a href="#_kill"><strong><tt>kill</tt></strong></a> for the different forms which may be used to specify signals.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See <a href="#_kill"><strong><code>kill</code></strong></a> for the different forms which may be used to specify signals.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Commands which return a list of signal names do so using the canonical form:
-"<tt>SIGINT SIGTERM</tt>".</p></div>
+"<code>SIGINT SIGTERM</code>".</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>signal handle</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>signal handle</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5680,7 +5631,7 @@ command.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>signal ignore</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>signal ignore</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5688,13 +5639,13 @@ command.</p></div>
     being ignored.
     If signals are specified, these are added to the list of signals
     currently being ignored. These signals are still delivered, but
-    are not considered by <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-signal</tt> or <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a> <tt>-signal</tt>. Use
-    <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>check</tt> to determine which signals have occurred but
+    are not considered by <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> <code>-signal</code> or <a href="#_try"><strong><code>try</code></strong></a> <code>-signal</code>. Use
+    <a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a> <code>check</code> to determine which signals have occurred but
     been ignored.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>signal default</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>signal default</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5705,176 +5656,180 @@ command.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>signal check ?-clear?</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>signal check ?-clear?</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Returns a list of signals which have been delivered to the process
     but are <em>ignored</em>. If signals are specified, only that set of signals will
     be checked, otherwise all signals will be checked.
-    If <tt>-clear</tt> is specified, any signals returned are removed and will not be
-    returned by subsequent calls to <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>check</tt> unless delivered again.
+    If <code>-clear</code> is specified, any signals returned are removed and will not be
+    returned by subsequent calls to <a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a> <code>check</code> unless delivered again.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>signal throw</strong> ?<em>signal</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>signal throw</strong> ?<em>signal</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Raises the given signal, which defaults to <tt>SIGINT</tt> if not specified.
+    Raises the given signal, which defaults to <code>SIGINT</code> if not specified.
     The behaviour is identical to:
 </p>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>kill signal [pid]</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>kill signal [pid]</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>handle</tt> and <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>ignore</tt> represent two forms of signal
-handling. <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>handle</tt> is used in conjunction with <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-signal</tt> or <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a> <tt>-signal</tt>
-to immediately abort execution when the signal is delivered. Alternatively, <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>ignore</tt>
-is used in conjunction with <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>check</tt> to handle signal synchronously. Consider the
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that <a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a> <code>handle</code> and <a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a> <code>ignore</code> represent two forms of signal
+handling. <a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a> <code>handle</code> is used in conjunction with <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> <code>-signal</code> or <a href="#_try"><strong><code>try</code></strong></a> <code>-signal</code>
+to immediately abort execution when the signal is delivered. Alternatively, <a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a> <code>ignore</code>
+is used in conjunction with <a href="#_signal"><strong><code>signal</code></strong></a> <code>check</code> to handle signal synchronously. Consider the
 two examples below.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Prevent a processing from taking too long</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>signal handle SIGALRM
+<pre><code>signal handle SIGALRM
 alarm 20
 try -signal {
     .. possibly long running process ..
     alarm 0
 } on signal {sig} {
     puts stderr "Process took too long"
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Handle SIGHUP to reconfigure:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>signal ignore SIGHUP
+<pre><code>signal ignore SIGHUP
 while {1} {
     ... handle configuration/reconfiguration ...
     while {[signal check -clear SIGHUP] eq ""} {
         ... do processing ..
     }
     # Received SIGHUP, so reconfigure
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_sleep">sleep</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>sleep</strong> <em>seconds</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>sleep</strong> <em>seconds</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Pauses for the given number of seconds, which may be a floating
 point value less than one to sleep for less than a second, or an
 integer to sleep for one or more seconds.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_source">source</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>source</strong> <em>fileName</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Read file <tt><em>fileName</em></tt> and pass the contents to the Tcl interpreter
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>source</strong> <em>fileName</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Read file <code><em>fileName</em></code> and pass the contents to the Tcl interpreter
 as a sequence of commands to execute in the normal fashion.  The return
-value of <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> is the return value of the last command executed
+value of <a href="#_source"><strong><code>source</code></strong></a> is the return value of the last command executed
 from the file.  If an error occurs in executing the contents of the
-file, then the <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command will return that error.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> command is invoked from within the file, the remainder of
-the file will be skipped and the <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command will return
-normally with the result from the <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>
+file, then the <a href="#_source"><strong><code>source</code></strong></a> command will return that error.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a> command is invoked from within the file, the remainder of
+the file will be skipped and the <a href="#_source"><strong><code>source</code></strong></a> command will return
+normally with the result from the <a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a> command.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_split">split</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>split</strong> <em>string ?splitChars?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a list created by splitting <tt><em>string</em></tt> at each character
-that is in the <tt><em>splitChars</em></tt> argument.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>split</strong> <em>string ?splitChars?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a list created by splitting <code><em>string</em></code> at each character
+that is in the <code><em>splitChars</em></code> argument.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Each element of the result list will consist of the
-characters from <tt><em>string</em></tt> between instances of the
-characters in <tt><em>splitChars</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Empty list elements will be generated if <tt><em>string</em></tt> contains
-adjacent characters in <tt><em>splitChars</em></tt>, or if the first or last
-character of <tt><em>string</em></tt> is in <tt><em>splitChars</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>splitChars</em></tt> is an empty string then each character of
-<tt><em>string</em></tt> becomes a separate element of the result list.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>splitChars</em></tt> defaults to the standard white-space characters.
+characters from <code><em>string</em></code> between instances of the
+characters in <code><em>splitChars</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Empty list elements will be generated if <code><em>string</em></code> contains
+adjacent characters in <code><em>splitChars</em></code>, or if the first or last
+character of <code><em>string</em></code> is in <code><em>splitChars</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>splitChars</em></code> is an empty string then each character of
+<code><em>string</em></code> becomes a separate element of the result list.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>splitChars</em></code> defaults to the standard white-space characters.
 For example,</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>split "comp.unix.misc" .</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>split "comp.unix.misc" .</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>returns <tt><em>"comp unix misc"</em></tt> and</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>returns <code><em>"comp unix misc"</em></code> and</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>split "Hello world" {}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>split "Hello world" {}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>returns <tt><em>"H e l l o { } w o r l d"</em></tt>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>returns <code><em>"H e l l o { } w o r l d"</em></code>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_stackdump">stackdump</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>stackdump</strong> <em>stacktrace</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>stackdump</strong> <em>stacktrace</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Creates a human readable representation of a stack trace.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_stacktrace">stacktrace</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>stacktrace</strong></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a live stack trace as a list of <tt>proc file line proc file line ...</tt>.
-Iteratively uses <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>frame</tt> to create the stack trace. This stack trace is in the
-same form as produced by <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>stacktrace</tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_stackdump"><strong><tt>stackdump</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>stacktrace</strong></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a live stack trace as a list of <code>proc file line proc file line ...</code>.
+Iteratively uses <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>frame</code> to create the stack trace. This stack trace is in the
+same form as produced by <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> and <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>stacktrace</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_stackdump"><strong><code>stackdump</code></strong></a>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_string">string</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>string</strong> <em>option arg ?arg ...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Perform one of several string operations, depending on <tt><em>option</em></tt>.
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>string</strong> <em>option arg ?arg ...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Perform one of several string operations, depending on <code><em>option</em></code>.
 The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string bytelength</strong> <em>string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string bytelength</strong> <em>string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Returns the length of the string in bytes. This will return
-    the same value as <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>length</tt> if UTF-8 support is not enabled,
+    the same value as <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>length</code> if UTF-8 support is not enabled,
     or if the string is composed entirely of ASCII characters.
     See UTF-8 AND UNICODE.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string byterange</strong> <em>string first last</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string byterange</strong> <em>string first last</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Like <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>range</tt> except works on bytes rather than characters.
+    Like <a href="#_string"><strong><code>string</code></strong></a> <code>range</code> except works on bytes rather than characters.
     These commands are identical if UTF-8 support is not enabled.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string compare ?-nocase?</strong> <em>string1 string2</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string compare ?-nocase?</strong> ?<strong>-length</strong> <em>len? string1 string2</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Perform a character-by-character comparison of strings <tt><em>string1</em></tt> and
-    <tt><em>string2</em></tt> in the same way as the C <em>strcmp</em> procedure.  Return
-    -1, 0, or 1, depending on whether <tt><em>string1</em></tt> is lexicographically
-    less than, equal to, or greater than <tt><em>string2</em></tt>.
-    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <tt>-nocase</tt> is specified.
+    Perform a character-by-character comparison of strings <code><em>string1</em></code> and
+    <code><em>string2</em></code> in the same way as the C <em>strcmp</em> procedure.  Return
+    -1, 0, or 1, depending on whether <code><em>string1</em></code> is lexicographically
+    less than, equal to, or greater than <code><em>string2</em></code>. If <code>-length</code>
+    is specified, then only the first <code><em>len</em></code> characters are used
+    in the comparison.  If <code><em>len</em></code> is negative, it is ignored.
+    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <code>-nocase</code> is specified.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string equal ?-nocase?</strong> <em>string1 string2</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string equal ?-nocase?</strong> <em>?<strong>-length</strong> len?</em> <em>string1 string2</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns 1 if the strings are equal, or 0 otherwise.
-    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <tt>-nocase</tt> is specified.
+    Returns 1 if the strings are equal, or 0 otherwise. If <code>-length</code>
+    is specified, then only the first <code><em>len</em></code> characters are used
+    in the comparison.  If <code><em>len</em></code> is negative, it is ignored.
+    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <code>-nocase</code> is specified.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string first</strong> <em>string1 string2 ?firstIndex?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string first</strong> <em>string1 string2 ?firstIndex?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Search <tt><em>string2</em></tt> for a sequence of characters that exactly match
-    the characters in <tt><em>string1</em></tt>.  If found, return the index of the
-    first character in the first such match within <tt><em>string2</em></tt>.  If not
-    found, return -1. If <tt><em>firstIndex</em></tt> is specified, matching will start
-    from <tt><em>firstIndex</em></tt> of <tt><em>string1</em></tt>.
+    Search <code><em>string2</em></code> for a sequence of characters that exactly match
+    the characters in <code><em>string1</em></code>.  If found, return the index of the
+    first character in the first such match within <code><em>string2</em></code>.  If not
+    found, return -1. If <code><em>firstIndex</em></code> is specified, matching will start
+    from <code><em>firstIndex</em></code> of <code><em>string1</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
@@ -5882,18 +5837,18 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>firstIndex</em></tt>.
+    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <code><em>firstIndex</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string index</strong> <em>string charIndex</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string index</strong> <em>string charIndex</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns the <tt><em>charIndex</em></tt><em>th character of the <tt>'string</em></tt>
-    argument.  A <tt><em>charIndex</em></tt> of 0 corresponds to the first
+    Returns the <code><em>charIndex</em></code><em>th character of the <code>'string</em></code>
+    argument.  A <code><em>charIndex</em></code> of 0 corresponds to the first
     character of the string.
-    If <tt><em>charIndex</em></tt> is less than 0 or greater than
+    If <code><em>charIndex</em></code> is less than 0 or greater than
     or equal to the length of the string then an empty string is
     returned.
 </p>
@@ -5903,16 +5858,16 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>charIndex</em></tt>.
+    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <code><em>charIndex</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string is</strong> <em>class</em> ?<strong>-strict</strong>? <em>string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string is</strong> <em>class</em> ?<strong>-strict</strong>? <em>string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns 1 if <tt><em>string</em></tt> is a valid member of the specified character
-    class, otherwise returns 0. If <tt>-strict</tt> is specified, then an
+    Returns 1 if <code><em>string</em></code> is a valid member of the specified character
+    class, otherwise returns 0. If <code>-strict</code> is specified, then an
     empty string returns 0, otherwise an empty string will return 1
     on any class. The following character classes are recognized
     (the class name can be abbreviated):
@@ -5924,7 +5879,7 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 <dd>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>alnum</tt>
+<code>alnum</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5932,7 +5887,7 @@ Any alphabet or digit character.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>alpha</tt>
+<code>alpha</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5940,7 +5895,7 @@ Any alphabet character.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>ascii</tt>
+<code>ascii</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5948,7 +5903,7 @@ Any character with a value less than 128 (those that are in the 7-bit ascii rang
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>control</tt>
+<code>control</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5956,7 +5911,7 @@ Any control character.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>digit</tt>
+<code>digit</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5964,7 +5919,7 @@ Any digit character.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>double</tt>
+<code>double</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5973,7 +5928,7 @@ Any of the valid forms for a double in Tcl, with optional surrounding whitespace
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>graph</tt>
+<code>graph</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5981,7 +5936,7 @@ Any printing character, except space.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>integer</tt>
+<code>integer</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5989,7 +5944,7 @@ Any of the valid string formats for an integer value in Tcl, with optional surro
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>lower</tt>
+<code>lower</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -5997,7 +5952,7 @@ Any lower case alphabet character.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>print</tt>
+<code>print</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6005,7 +5960,7 @@ Any printing character, including space.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>punct</tt>
+<code>punct</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6013,7 +5968,7 @@ Any punctuation character.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>space</tt>
+<code>space</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6021,7 +5976,7 @@ Any space character.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>upper</tt>
+<code>upper</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6029,7 +5984,7 @@ Any upper case alphabet character.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>xdigit</tt>
+<code>xdigit</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6043,19 +5998,19 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Note that string classification does <tt><em>not</em></tt> respect UTF-8. See UTF-8 AND UNICODE
+    Note that string classification does <code><em>not</em></code> respect UTF-8. See UTF-8 AND UNICODE
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string last</strong> <em>string1 string2 ?lastIndex?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string last</strong> <em>string1 string2 ?lastIndex?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Search <tt><em>string2</em></tt> for a sequence of characters that exactly match
-    the characters in <tt><em>string1</em></tt>.  If found, return the index of the
-    first character in the last such match within <tt><em>string2</em></tt>.  If there
-    is no match, then return -1. If <tt><em>lastIndex</em></tt> is specified, only characters
-    up to <tt><em>lastIndex</em></tt> of <tt><em>string2</em></tt> will be considered in the match.
+    Search <code><em>string2</em></code> for a sequence of characters that exactly match
+    the characters in <code><em>string1</em></code>.  If found, return the index of the
+    first character in the last such match within <code><em>string2</em></code>.  If there
+    is no match, then return -1. If <code><em>lastIndex</em></code> is specified, only characters
+    up to <code><em>lastIndex</em></code> of <code><em>string2</em></code> will be considered in the match.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
@@ -6063,37 +6018,37 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>lastIndex</em></tt>.
+    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <code><em>lastIndex</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string length</strong> <em>string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string length</strong> <em>string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a decimal string giving the number of characters in <tt><em>string</em></tt>.
+    Returns a decimal string giving the number of characters in <code><em>string</em></code>.
     If UTF-8 support is enabled, this may be different than the number of bytes.
     See UTF-8 AND UNICODE
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string map ?-nocase?</strong> <em>mapping string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string map ?-nocase?</strong> <em>mapping string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Replaces substrings in <tt><em>string</em></tt> based on the key-value pairs in
-    <tt><em>mapping</em></tt>, which is a list of <tt>key value key value ...</tt> as in the form
-    returned by <a href="#_array"><strong><tt>array</tt></strong></a> <tt>get</tt>. Each instance of a key in the string will be
-    replaced with its corresponding value.  If <tt>-nocase</tt> is specified, then
+    Replaces substrings in <code><em>string</em></code> based on the key-value pairs in
+    <code><em>mapping</em></code>, which is a list of <code>key value key value ...</code> as in the form
+    returned by <a href="#_array"><strong><code>array</code></strong></a> <code>get</code>. Each instance of a key in the string will be
+    replaced with its corresponding value.  If <code>-nocase</code> is specified, then
     matching is done without regard to case differences. Both key and value may
     be multiple characters.  Replacement is done in an ordered manner, so the
-    key appearing first in the list will be checked first, and so on. <tt><em>string</em></tt> is
+    key appearing first in the list will be checked first, and so on. <code><em>string</em></code> is
     only iterated over once, so earlier key replacements will have no affect for
     later key matches. For example,
 </p>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>string map {abc 1 ab 2 a 3 1 0} 1abcaababcabababc</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>string map {abc 1 ab 2 a 3 1 0} 1abcaababcabababc</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
@@ -6101,7 +6056,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    will return the string <tt>01321221</tt>.
+    will return the string <code>01321221</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
@@ -6114,7 +6069,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </p>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>string map {1 0 ab 2 a 3 abc 1} 1abcaababcabababc</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>string map {1 0 ab 2 a 3 abc 1} 1abcaababcabababc</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
@@ -6122,57 +6077,57 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    it will return the string <tt>02c322c222c</tt>.
+    it will return the string <code>02c322c222c</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string match ?-nocase?</strong> <em>pattern string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string match ?-nocase?</strong> <em>pattern string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    See if <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> matches <tt><em>string</em></tt>; return 1 if it does, 0
+    See if <code><em>pattern</em></code> matches <code><em>string</em></code>; return 1 if it does, 0
     if it doesn&#8217;t.  Matching is done in a fashion similar to that
     used by the C-shell.  For the two strings to match, their contents
     must be identical except that the following special sequences
-    may appear in <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>:
+    may appear in <code><em>pattern</em></code>:
 </p>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>*</tt>
+<code>*</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-        Matches any sequence of characters in <tt><em>string</em></tt>,
+        Matches any sequence of characters in <code><em>string</em></code>,
         including a null string.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>?</tt>
+<code>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-        Matches any single character in <tt><em>string</em></tt>.
+        Matches any single character in <code><em>string</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>[<em>chars</em>]</tt>
+<code>[<em>chars</em>]</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-        Matches any character in the set given by <tt><em>chars</em></tt>.
-        If a sequence of the form <tt><em>x-y</em></tt> appears in <tt><em>chars</em></tt>,
-        then any character between <tt><em>x</em></tt> and <tt><em>y</em></tt>, inclusive,
+        Matches any character in the set given by <code><em>chars</em></code>.
+        If a sequence of the form <code><em>x-y</em></code> appears in <code><em>chars</em></code>,
+        then any character between <code><em>x</em></code> and <code><em>y</em></code>, inclusive,
         will match.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>\x</tt>
+<code>\x</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-        Matches the single character <tt><em>x</em></tt>.  This provides a way of
-        avoiding the special interpretation of the characters <tt>\*?[]</tt>
-        in <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>.
+        Matches the single character <code><em>x</em></code>.  This provides a way of
+        avoiding the special interpretation of the characters <code>\*?[]</code>
+        in <code><em>pattern</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
@@ -6182,17 +6137,17 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <tt>-nocase</tt> is specified.
+    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <code>-nocase</code> is specified.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string range</strong> <em>string first last</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string range</strong> <em>string first last</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a range of consecutive characters from <tt><em>string</em></tt>, starting
-    with the character whose index is <tt><em>first</em></tt> and ending with the
-    character whose index is <tt><em>last</em></tt>.  An index of 0 refers to the
+    Returns a range of consecutive characters from <code><em>string</em></code>, starting
+    with the character whose index is <code><em>first</em></code> and ending with the
+    character whose index is <code><em>last</em></code>.  An index of 0 refers to the
     first character of the string.
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -6201,7 +6156,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>first</em></tt> and <tt><em>last</em></tt>.
+    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <code><em>first</em></code> and <code><em>last</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
@@ -6209,106 +6164,106 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    If <tt><em>first</em></tt> is less than zero then it is treated as if it were zero, and
-    if <tt><em>last</em></tt> is greater than or equal to the length of the string then
-    it is treated as if it were <tt>end</tt>.  If <tt><em>first</em></tt> is greater than
-    <tt><em>last</em></tt> then an empty string is returned.
+    If <code><em>first</em></code> is less than zero then it is treated as if it were zero, and
+    if <code><em>last</em></code> is greater than or equal to the length of the string then
+    it is treated as if it were <code>end</code>.  If <code><em>first</em></code> is greater than
+    <code><em>last</em></code> then an empty string is returned.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string repeat</strong> <em>string count</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string repeat</strong> <em>string count</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a new string consisting of <tt><em>string</em></tt> repeated <tt><em>count</em></tt> times.
+    Returns a new string consisting of <code><em>string</em></code> repeated <code><em>count</em></code> times.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string replace</strong> <em>string first last ?newstring?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string replace</strong> <em>string first last ?newstring?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Removes a range of consecutive characters from <tt><em>string</em></tt>, starting
-    with the character whose index is <tt><em>first</em></tt> and ending with the
-    character whose index is <tt><em>last</em></tt>.  If <tt><em>newstring</em></tt> is specified,
-    then it is placed in the removed character range. If <tt><em>first</em></tt> is
-    less than zero then it is treated as if it were zero, and if <tt><em>last</em></tt>
+    Removes a range of consecutive characters from <code><em>string</em></code>, starting
+    with the character whose index is <code><em>first</em></code> and ending with the
+    character whose index is <code><em>last</em></code>.  If <code><em>newstring</em></code> is specified,
+    then it is placed in the removed character range. If <code><em>first</em></code> is
+    less than zero then it is treated as if it were zero, and if <code><em>last</em></code>
     is greater than or equal to the length of the string then it is
-    treated as if it were <tt>end</tt>. If <tt><em>first</em></tt> is greater than <tt><em>last</em></tt>
-    or the length of the initial string, or <tt><em>last</em></tt> is less than 0,
+    treated as if it were <code>end</code>. If <code><em>first</em></code> is greater than <code><em>last</em></code>
+    or the length of the initial string, or <code><em>last</em></code> is less than 0,
     then the initial string is returned untouched.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string reverse</strong> <em>string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string reverse</strong> <em>string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a string that is the same length as <tt><em>string</em></tt> but
+    Returns a string that is the same length as <code><em>string</em></code> but
     with its characters in the reverse order.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string tolower</strong> <em>string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string tolower</strong> <em>string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a value equal to <tt><em>string</em></tt> except that all upper case
+    Returns a value equal to <code><em>string</em></code> except that all upper case
     letters have been converted to lower case.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string totitle</strong> <em>string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string totitle</strong> <em>string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a value equal to <tt><em>string</em></tt> except that the first character
+    Returns a value equal to <code><em>string</em></code> except that the first character
     is converted to title case (or upper case if there is no UTF-8 titlecase variant)
     and all remaining characters have been converted to lower case.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string toupper</strong> <em>string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string toupper</strong> <em>string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a value equal to <tt><em>string</em></tt> except that all lower case
+    Returns a value equal to <code><em>string</em></code> except that all lower case
     letters have been converted to upper case.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string trim</strong> <em>string ?chars?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string trim</strong> <em>string ?chars?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a value equal to <tt><em>string</em></tt> except that any leading
-    or trailing characters from the set given by <tt><em>chars</em></tt> are
+    Returns a value equal to <code><em>string</em></code> except that any leading
+    or trailing characters from the set given by <code><em>chars</em></code> are
     removed.
-    If <tt><em>chars</em></tt> is not specified then white space is removed
+    If <code><em>chars</em></code> is not specified then white space is removed
     (spaces, tabs, newlines, and carriage returns).
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string trimleft</strong> <em>string ?chars?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string trimleft</strong> <em>string ?chars?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a value equal to <tt><em>string</em></tt> except that any
-    leading characters from the set given by <tt><em>chars</em></tt> are
+    Returns a value equal to <code><em>string</em></code> except that any
+    leading characters from the set given by <code><em>chars</em></code> are
     removed.
-    If <tt><em>chars</em></tt> is not specified then white space is removed
+    If <code><em>chars</em></code> is not specified then white space is removed
     (spaces, tabs, newlines, and carriage returns).
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>string trimright</strong> <em>string ?chars?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>string trimright</strong> <em>string ?chars?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a value equal to <tt><em>string</em></tt> except that any
-    trailing characters from the set given by <tt><em>chars</em></tt> are
+    Returns a value equal to <code><em>string</em></code> except that any
+    trailing characters from the set given by <code><em>chars</em></code> are
     removed.
-    If <tt><em>chars</em></tt> is not specified then white space is removed
+    If <code><em>chars</em></code> is not specified then white space is removed
     (spaces, tabs, newlines, and carriage returns).
     Null characters are always removed.
 </p>
@@ -6317,42 +6272,42 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_subst">subst</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>subst ?-nobackslashes? ?-nocommands? ?-novariables?</strong> <em>string</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>subst ?-nobackslashes? ?-nocommands? ?-novariables?</strong> <em>string</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command performs variable substitutions, command substitutions,
 and backslash substitutions on its string argument and returns the
 fully-substituted result. The substitutions are performed in exactly
 the same way as for Tcl commands. As a result, the string argument
 is actually substituted twice, once by the Tcl parser in the usual
 fashion for Tcl commands, and again by the subst command.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If any of the <tt>-nobackslashes</tt>, <tt>-nocommands</tt>, or <tt>-novariables</tt> are
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If any of the <code>-nobackslashes</code>, <code>-nocommands</code>, or <code>-novariables</code> are
 specified, then the corresponding substitutions are not performed.
-For example, if <tt>-nocommands</tt> is specified, no command substitution
+For example, if <code>-nocommands</code> is specified, no command substitution
 is performed: open and close brackets are treated as ordinary
 characters with no special interpretation.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Note</strong>: when it performs its substitutions, subst does not give any
 special treatment to double quotes or curly braces. For example,
-the following script returns <tt>xyz {44}</tt>, not <tt>xyz {$a}</tt>.</p></div>
+the following script returns <code>xyz {44}</code>, not <code>xyz {$a}</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set a 44
-subst {xyz {$a}}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>set a 44
+subst {xyz {$a}}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_switch">switch</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>switch</strong> <em>?options? string pattern body ?pattern body ...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>switch</strong> <em>?options? string {pattern body ?pattern body ...?}</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> command matches its string argument against each of
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>switch</strong> <em>?options? string pattern body ?pattern body ...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>switch</strong> <em>?options? string {pattern body ?pattern body ...?}</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_switch"><strong><code>switch</code></strong></a> command matches its string argument against each of
 the pattern arguments in order. As soon as it finds a pattern that
 matches string it evaluates the following body and returns the
 result of that evaluation. If the last pattern argument is default
 then it matches anything. If no pattern argument matches string and
-no default is given, then the <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> command returns an empty string.
+no default is given, then the <a href="#_switch"><strong><code>switch</code></strong></a> command returns an empty string.
 If the initial arguments to switch start with - then they are treated
 as options. The following options are currently supported:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>-exact</tt>
+<code>-exact</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6361,7 +6316,7 @@ as options. The following options are currently supported:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>-glob</tt>
+<code>-glob</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6371,7 +6326,7 @@ as options. The following options are currently supported:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>-regexp</tt>
+<code>-regexp</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6381,7 +6336,7 @@ as options. The following options are currently supported:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>-command <em>commandname</em></tt>
+<code>-command <em>commandname</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6392,13 +6347,13 @@ as options. The following options are currently supported:</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>--</tt>
+<code>--</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
         Marks the end of options. The argument following
         this one will be treated as string even if it starts
-        with a <tt>-</tt>.
+        with a <code>-</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
@@ -6409,95 +6364,95 @@ patterns or commands. The second form places all of the patterns
 and commands together into a single argument; the argument must
 have proper list structure, with the elements of the list being the
 patterns and commands. The second form makes it easy to construct
-multi-line <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> commands, since the braces around the whole list
+multi-line <a href="#_switch"><strong><code>switch</code></strong></a> commands, since the braces around the whole list
 make it unnecessary to include a backslash at the end of each line.
 Since the pattern arguments are in braces in the second form, no
 command or variable substitutions are performed on them; this makes
 the behaviour of the second form different than the first form in
 some cases.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a body is specified as <tt>-</tt> it means that the body for the next
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a body is specified as <code>-</code> it means that the body for the next
 pattern should also be used as the body for this pattern (if the
-next pattern also has a body of <tt>-</tt> then the body after that is
+next pattern also has a body of <code>-</code> then the body after that is
 used, and so on). This feature makes it possible to share a single
 body among several patterns.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below are some examples of <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> commands:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below are some examples of <a href="#_switch"><strong><code>switch</code></strong></a> commands:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>switch abc a - b {format 1} abc {format 2} default {format 3}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>switch abc a - b {format 1} abc {format 2} default {format 3}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will return 2,</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>switch -regexp aaab {
+<pre><code>switch -regexp aaab {
        ^a.*b$ -
        b {format 1}
        a* {format 2}
        default {format 3}
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will return 1, and</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>switch xyz {
+<pre><code>switch xyz {
        a -
        b {format 1}
        a* {format 2}
        default {format 3}
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>will return 3.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_tailcall">tailcall</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>tailcall</strong> <em>cmd ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_tailcall"><strong><tt>tailcall</tt></strong></a> command provides an optimised way of invoking a command whilst replacing
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>tailcall</strong> <em>cmd ?arg...?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_tailcall"><strong><code>tailcall</code></strong></a> command provides an optimised way of invoking a command whilst replacing
 the current call frame. This is similar to <em>exec</em> in Bourne Shell.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The following are identical except the first immediately replaces the current call frame.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>tailcall a b c</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>tailcall a b c</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>return [uplevel 1 [list a b c]]</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>return [uplevel 1 [list a b c]]</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_tailcall"><strong><tt>tailcall</tt></strong></a> is useful as a dispatch mechanism:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_tailcall"><strong><code>tailcall</code></strong></a> is useful as a dispatch mechanism:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>proc a {cmd args} {
+<pre><code>proc a {cmd args} {
   tailcall sub_$cmd {*}$args
 }
 proc sub_cmd1 ...
-proc sub_cmd2 ...</tt></pre>
+proc sub_cmd2 ...</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_tell">tell</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>tell</strong> <em>fileId</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>tell</strong></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>tell</strong> <em>fileId</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em> <strong>tell</strong></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a decimal string giving the current access position in
-<tt><em>fileId</em></tt>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must have been the return value from a previous call to
-<a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>, or it may be <tt>stdin</tt>, <tt>stdout</tt>, or <tt>stderr</tt> to refer to one
+<code><em>fileId</em></code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>fileId</em></code> must have been the return value from a previous call to
+<a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a>, or it may be <code>stdin</code>, <code>stdout</code>, or <code>stderr</code> to refer to one
 of the standard I/O channels.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_throw">throw</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>throw</strong> <em>code ?msg?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>throw</strong> <em>code ?msg?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command throws an exception (return) code along with an optional message.
-This command is mostly for convenient usage with <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The command <tt>throw break</tt> is equivalent to <tt>break</tt>.
-The command <tt>throw 20 message</tt> can be caught with an <tt>on 20 ...</tt> clause to <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>
+This command is mostly for convenient usage with <a href="#_try"><strong><code>try</code></strong></a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The command <code>throw break</code> is equivalent to <code>break</code>.
+The command <code>throw 20 message</code> can be caught with an <code>on 20 ...</code> clause to <a href="#_try"><strong><code>try</code></strong></a>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_time">time</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>time</strong> <em>command ?count?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command will call the Tcl interpreter <tt><em>count</em></tt>
-times to execute <tt><em>command</em></tt> (or once if <tt><em>count</em></tt> isn&#8217;t
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>time</strong> <em>command ?count?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command will call the Tcl interpreter <code><em>count</em></code>
+times to execute <code><em>command</em></code> (or once if <code><em>count</em></code> isn&#8217;t
 specified).  It will then return a string of the form</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>503 microseconds per iteration</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>503 microseconds per iteration</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>which indicates the average amount of time required per iteration,
 in microseconds.</p></div>
@@ -6505,26 +6460,26 @@ in microseconds.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_try">try</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>try</strong> <em>?catchopts? tryscript</em> ?<strong>on</strong> <em>returncodes {?resultvar? ?optsvar?} handlerscript ...</em>? ?<strong>finally</strong> <em>finalscript</em>?</tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a> command is provided as a convenience for exception handling.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This interpeter first evaluates <tt><em>tryscript</em></tt> under the effect of the catch
-options <tt><em>catchopts</em></tt> (e.g. <tt>-signal -noexit --</tt>, see <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>try</strong> <em>?catchopts? tryscript</em> ?<strong>on</strong> <em>returncodes {?resultvar? ?optsvar?} handlerscript ...</em>? ?<strong>finally</strong> <em>finalscript</em>?</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_try"><strong><code>try</code></strong></a> command is provided as a convenience for exception handling.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This interpeter first evaluates <code><em>tryscript</em></code> under the effect of the catch
+options <code><em>catchopts</em></code> (e.g. <code>-signal -noexit --</code>, see <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a>).</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>It then evaluates the script for the first matching <em>on</em> handler
-(there many be zero or more) based on the return code from the <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a>
-section. For example a normal <tt>JIM_ERR</tt> error will be matched by
+(there many be zero or more) based on the return code from the <a href="#_try"><strong><code>try</code></strong></a>
+section. For example a normal <code>JIM_ERR</code> error will be matched by
 an <em>on error</em> handler.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, any <tt><em>finalscript</em></tt> is evaluated.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The result of this command is the result of <tt><em>tryscript</em></tt>, except in the
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, any <code><em>finalscript</em></code> is evaluated.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The result of this command is the result of <code><em>tryscript</em></code>, except in the
 case where an exception occurs in a matching <em>on</em> handler script or the <em>finally</em> script,
 in which case the result is this new exception.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The specified <tt><em>returncodes</em></tt> is a list of return codes either as names (<em>ok</em>, <em>error</em>, <em>break</em>, etc.)
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The specified <code><em>returncodes</em></code> is a list of return codes either as names (<em>ok</em>, <em>error</em>, <em>break</em>, etc.)
 or as integers.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>resultvar</em></tt> and <tt><em>optsvar</em></tt> are specified, they are set as for <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> before evaluating
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>resultvar</em></code> and <code><em>optsvar</em></code> are specified, they are set as for <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> before evaluating
 the matching handler.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>For example:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set f [open input]
+<pre><code>set f [open input]
 try -signal {
     process $f
 } on {continue break} {} {
@@ -6536,151 +6491,151 @@ try -signal {
     puts "Got signal: $sig"
 } finally {
     $f close
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If break, continue or error are raised, they are dealt with by the matching
 handler.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>In any case, the file will be closed via the <em>finally</em> clause.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_throw"><strong><tt>throw</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_error"><strong><tt>error</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_throw"><strong><code>throw</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_error"><strong><code>error</code></strong></a>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_unknown">unknown</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>unknown</strong> <em>cmdName ?arg arg &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>unknown</strong> <em>cmdName ?arg arg &#8230;?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command doesn&#8217;t actually exist as part of Tcl, but Tcl will
 invoke it if it does exist.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the Tcl interpreter encounters a command name for which there
 is not a defined command, then Tcl checks for the existence of
-a command named <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>
+a command named <a href="#_unknown"><strong><code>unknown</code></strong></a>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If there is no such command, then the interpreter returns an
 error.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> command exists, then it is invoked with
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <a href="#_unknown"><strong><code>unknown</code></strong></a> command exists, then it is invoked with
 arguments consisting of the fully-substituted name and arguments
 for the original non-existent command.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> command typically does things like searching
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_unknown"><strong><code>unknown</code></strong></a> command typically does things like searching
 through library directories for a command procedure with the name
-<tt><em>cmdName</em></tt>, or expanding abbreviated command names to full-length,
+<code><em>cmdName</em></code>, or expanding abbreviated command names to full-length,
 or automatically executing unknown commands as UNIX sub-processes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases (such as expanding abbreviations) <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> will
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases (such as expanding abbreviations) <a href="#_unknown"><strong><code>unknown</code></strong></a> will
 change the original command slightly and then (re-)execute it.
-The result of the <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> command is used as the result for
+The result of the <a href="#_unknown"><strong><code>unknown</code></strong></a> command is used as the result for
 the original non-existent command.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_unset">unset</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>unset ?-nocomplain? ?--?</strong> <em>?name name &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>unset ?-nocomplain? ?--?</strong> <em>?name name &#8230;?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Remove variables.
-Each <tt><em>name</em></tt> is a variable name, specified in any of the
-ways acceptable to the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <tt><em>name</em></tt> refers to an element of an array, then that
+Each <code><em>name</em></code> is a variable name, specified in any of the
+ways acceptable to the <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> command.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <code><em>name</em></code> refers to an element of an array, then that
 element is removed without affecting the rest of the array.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <tt><em>name</em></tt> consists of an array name with no parenthesized
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <code><em>name</em></code> consists of an array name with no parenthesized
 index, then the entire array is deleted.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_unset"><strong><tt>unset</tt></strong></a> command returns an empty string as result.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_unset"><strong><code>unset</code></strong></a> command returns an empty string as result.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>An error occurs if any of the variables doesn&#8217;t exist, unless <em>-nocomplain</em>
 is specified. The <em>--</em> argument may be specified to stop option processing
 in case the variable name may be <em>-nocomplain</em>.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_upcall">upcall</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>upcall</strong> <em>command ?args &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>May be used from within a proc defined as <a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a> <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> in order to call
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>upcall</strong> <em>command ?args &#8230;?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>May be used from within a proc defined as <a href="#_local"><strong><code>local</code></strong></a> <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a> in order to call
 the previous, hidden version of the same command.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If there is no previous definition of the command, an error is returned.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_uplevel">uplevel</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>uplevel</strong> <em>?level? command ?command &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>All of the <tt><em>command</em></tt> arguments are concatenated as if they had
-been passed to <a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a>; the result is then evaluated in the
-variable context indicated by <tt><em>level</em></tt>.  <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> returns
-the result of that evaluation.  If <tt><em>level</em></tt> is an integer, then
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>uplevel</strong> <em>?level? command ?command &#8230;?</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>All of the <code><em>command</em></code> arguments are concatenated as if they had
+been passed to <a href="#_concat"><strong><code>concat</code></strong></a>; the result is then evaluated in the
+variable context indicated by <code><em>level</em></code>.  <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><code>uplevel</code></strong></a> returns
+the result of that evaluation.  If <code><em>level</em></code> is an integer, then
 it gives a distance (up the procedure calling stack) to move before
-executing the command.  If <tt><em>level</em></tt> consists of <tt>#</tt> followed by
-a number then the number gives an absolute level number.  If <tt><em>level</em></tt>
-is omitted then it defaults to <tt>1</tt>.  <tt><em>level</em></tt> cannot be
-defaulted if the first <tt><em>command</em></tt> argument starts with a digit or <tt>#</tt>.</p></div>
+executing the command.  If <code><em>level</em></code> consists of <code>#</code> followed by
+a number then the number gives an absolute level number.  If <code><em>level</em></code>
+is omitted then it defaults to <code>1</code>.  <code><em>level</em></code> cannot be
+defaulted if the first <code><em>command</em></code> argument starts with a digit or <code>#</code>.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>For example, suppose that procedure <em>a</em> was invoked
 from top-level, and that it called <em>b</em>, and that <em>b</em> called <em>c</em>.
-Suppose that <em>c</em> invokes the <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> command.  If <tt><em>level</em></tt>
-is <tt>1</tt> or <tt>#2</tt>  or omitted, then the command will be executed
-in the variable context of <em>b</em>.  If <tt><em>level</em></tt> is <tt>2</tt> or <tt>#1</tt>
+Suppose that <em>c</em> invokes the <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><code>uplevel</code></strong></a> command.  If <code><em>level</em></code>
+is <code>1</code> or <code>#2</code>  or omitted, then the command will be executed
+in the variable context of <em>b</em>.  If <code><em>level</em></code> is <code>2</code> or <code>#1</code>
 then the command will be executed in the variable context of <em>a</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>level</em></tt> is <em>3</em> or <tt>#0</tt> then the command will be executed
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <code><em>level</em></code> is <em>3</em> or <code>#0</code> then the command will be executed
 at top-level (only global variables will be visible).
-The <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> command causes the invoking procedure to disappear
+The <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><code>uplevel</code></strong></a> command causes the invoking procedure to disappear
 from the procedure calling stack while the command is being executed.
 In the above example, suppose <em>c</em> invokes the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>uplevel 1 {set x 43; d}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>uplevel 1 {set x 43; d}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>where <em>d</em> is another Tcl procedure.  The <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command will
+<div class="paragraph"><p>where <em>d</em> is another Tcl procedure.  The <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> command will
 modify the variable <em>x</em> in <em>b&#8217;s context, and 'd</em> will execute
 at level 3, as if called from <em>b</em>.  If it in turn executes
 the command</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>uplevel {set x 42}</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>uplevel {set x 42}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>then the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command will modify the same variable <em>x</em> in <em>b&#8217;s
+<div class="paragraph"><p>then the <a href="#_set"><strong><code>set</code></strong></a> command will modify the same variable <em>x</em> in <em>b&#8217;s
 context:  the procedure 'c</em> does not appear to be on the call stack
-when <em>d</em> is executing.  The command <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>level</tt> may
+when <em>d</em> is executing.  The command <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>level</code> may
 be used to obtain the level of the current procedure.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> makes it possible to implement new control
-constructs as Tcl procedures (for example, <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> could
-be used to implement the <a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a> construct as a Tcl procedure).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_uplevel"><strong><code>uplevel</code></strong></a> makes it possible to implement new control
+constructs as Tcl procedures (for example, <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><code>uplevel</code></strong></a> could
+be used to implement the <a href="#_while"><strong><code>while</code></strong></a> construct as a Tcl procedure).</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_upvar">upvar</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>upvar</strong> <em>?level? otherVar myVar ?otherVar myVar &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>upvar</strong> <em>?level? otherVar myVar ?otherVar myVar &#8230;?</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command arranges for one or more local variables in the current
 procedure to refer to variables in an enclosing procedure call or
 to global variables.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>level</em></tt> may have any of the forms permitted for the <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a>
-command, and may be omitted if the first letter of the first <tt><em>otherVar</em></tt>
-isn&#8217;t <tt>#</tt> or a digit (it defaults to <em>1</em>).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For each <tt><em>otherVar</em></tt> argument, <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> makes the variable
-by that name in the procedure frame given by <tt><em>level</em></tt> (or at
-global level, if <tt><em>level</em></tt> is <tt>#0</tt>) accessible
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><em>level</em></code> may have any of the forms permitted for the <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><code>uplevel</code></strong></a>
+command, and may be omitted if the first letter of the first <code><em>otherVar</em></code>
+isn&#8217;t <code>#</code> or a digit (it defaults to <em>1</em>).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For each <code><em>otherVar</em></code> argument, <a href="#_upvar"><strong><code>upvar</code></strong></a> makes the variable
+by that name in the procedure frame given by <code><em>level</em></code> (or at
+global level, if <code><em>level</em></code> is <code>#0</code>) accessible
 in the current procedure by the name given in the corresponding
-<tt><em>myVar</em></tt> argument.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The variable named by <tt><em>otherVar</em></tt> need not exist at the time of the
-call;  it will be created the first time <tt><em>myVar</em></tt> is referenced, just like
+<code><em>myVar</em></code> argument.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The variable named by <code><em>otherVar</em></code> need not exist at the time of the
+call;  it will be created the first time <code><em>myVar</em></code> is referenced, just like
 an ordinary variable.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> may only be invoked from within procedures.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> returns an empty string.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> command simplifies the implementation of call-by-name
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_upvar"><strong><code>upvar</code></strong></a> may only be invoked from within procedures.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_upvar"><strong><code>upvar</code></strong></a> returns an empty string.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_upvar"><strong><code>upvar</code></strong></a> command simplifies the implementation of call-by-name
 procedure calling and also makes it easier to build new control constructs
 as Tcl procedures.
 For example, consider the following procedure:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>proc add2 name {
+<pre><code>proc add2 name {
     upvar $name x
     set x [expr $x+2]
-}</tt></pre>
+}</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p><em>add2</em> is invoked with an argument giving the name of a variable,
 and it adds two to the value of that variable.
-Although <em>add2</em> could have been implemented using <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a>
-instead of <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> makes it simpler for <em>add2</em>
+Although <em>add2</em> could have been implemented using <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><code>uplevel</code></strong></a>
+instead of <a href="#_upvar"><strong><code>upvar</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_upvar"><strong><code>upvar</code></strong></a> makes it simpler for <em>add2</em>
 to access the variable in the caller&#8217;s procedure frame.</p></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_while">while</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>while</strong> <em>test body</em></tt></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>while</em></tt> command evaluates <tt><em>test</em></tt> as an expression
-(in the same way that <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a> evaluates its argument).
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>while</strong> <em>test body</em></code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <code><em>while</em></code> command evaluates <code><em>test</em></code> as an expression
+(in the same way that <a href="#_expr"><strong><code>expr</code></strong></a> evaluates its argument).
 The value of the expression must be numeric; if it is non-zero
-then <tt><em>body</em></tt> is executed by passing it to the Tcl interpreter.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once <tt><em>body</em></tt> has been executed then <tt><em>test</em></tt> is evaluated
-again, and the process repeats until eventually <tt><em>test</em></tt>
-evaluates to a zero numeric value.  <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a>
-commands may be executed inside <tt><em>body</em></tt> to terminate the current
-iteration of the loop, and <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a>
-commands may be executed inside <tt><em>body</em></tt> to cause immediate
-termination of the <a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a> command always returns an empty string.</p></div>
+then <code><em>body</em></code> is executed by passing it to the Tcl interpreter.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once <code><em>body</em></code> has been executed then <code><em>test</em></code> is evaluated
+again, and the process repeats until eventually <code><em>test</em></code>
+evaluates to a zero numeric value.  <a href="#_continue"><strong><code>continue</code></strong></a>
+commands may be executed inside <code><em>body</em></code> to terminate the current
+iteration of the loop, and <a href="#_break"><strong><code>break</code></strong></a>
+commands may be executed inside <code><em>body</em></code> to cause immediate
+termination of the <a href="#_while"><strong><code>while</code></strong></a> command.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_while"><strong><code>while</code></strong></a> command always returns an empty string.</p></div>
 </div>
 </div>
 </div>
@@ -6693,7 +6648,7 @@ what options were selected when Jim Tcl was built.</p></div>
 <h3 id="cmd_1">posix: os.fork, os.wait, os.gethostname, os.getids, os.uptime</h3>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>os.fork</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>os.fork</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6701,36 +6656,36 @@ what options were selected when Jim Tcl was built.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>os.wait -nohang</strong> <em>pid</em></tt>
+<code><strong>os.wait -nohang</strong> <em>pid</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Invokes waitpid(2), with WNOHANG if <tt>-nohang</tt> is specified.
+    Invokes waitpid(2), with WNOHANG if <code>-nohang</code> is specified.
     Returns a list of 3 elements.
 </p>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>{0 none 0} if -nohang is specified, and the process is still alive.</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>{0 none 0} if -nohang is specified, and the process is still alive.</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>{-1 error &lt;error-description&gt;} if the process does not exist or has already been waited for.</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>{-1 error &lt;error-description&gt;} if the process does not exist or has already been waited for.</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>{&lt;pid&gt; exit &lt;exit-status&gt;} if the process exited normally.</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>{&lt;pid&gt; exit &lt;exit-status&gt;} if the process exited normally.</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>{&lt;pid&gt; signal &lt;signal-number&gt;} if the process terminated on a signal.</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>{&lt;pid&gt; signal &lt;signal-number&gt;} if the process terminated on a signal.</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>{&lt;pid&gt; other 0} otherwise (core dump, stopped, continued, etc.)</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>{&lt;pid&gt; other 0} otherwise (core dump, stopped, continued, etc.)</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>os.gethostname</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>os.gethostname</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6738,7 +6693,7 @@ what options were selected when Jim Tcl was built.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>os.getids</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>os.getids</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6746,12 +6701,12 @@ what options were selected when Jim Tcl was built.</p></div>
 </p>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>jim&gt; os.getids
-uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>jim&gt; os.getids
+uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>os.uptime</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>os.uptime</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6766,12 +6721,12 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 <h2 id="_ansi_i_o_aio_and_eventloop_api">ANSI I/O (aio) and EVENTLOOP API</h2>
 <div class="sectionbody">
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Jim provides an alternative object-based API for I/O.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a> for commands which return an I/O handle.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See <a href="#_open"><strong><code>open</code></strong></a> and <a href="#_socket"><strong><code>socket</code></strong></a> for commands which return an I/O handle.</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_aio">aio</h3>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>read ?-nonewline?</strong> <em>?len?</em></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>read ?-nonewline?</strong> <em>?len?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6779,7 +6734,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>gets</strong> <em>?var?</em></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>gets</strong> <em>?var?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6787,7 +6742,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>puts ?-nonewline?</strong> <em>str</em></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>puts ?-nonewline?</strong> <em>str</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6795,17 +6750,17 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>copyto</strong> <em>tofd ?size?</em></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>copyto</strong> <em>tofd ?size?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Copy bytes to the file descriptor <tt><em>tofd</em></tt>. If <tt><em>size</em></tt> is specified, at most
+    Copy bytes to the file descriptor <code><em>tofd</em></code>. If <code><em>size</em></code> is specified, at most
     that many bytes will be copied. Otherwise copying continues until the end
     of the input file. Returns the number of bytes actually copied.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>flush</strong></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>flush</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6813,16 +6768,16 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>filename</strong></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>filename</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Returns the original filename associated with the handle.
-    Handles returned by <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a> give the socket type instead of a filename.
+    Handles returned by <a href="#_socket"><strong><code>socket</code></strong></a> give the socket type instead of a filename.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>eof</strong></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>eof</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6830,7 +6785,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>close</strong></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>close</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6838,7 +6793,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>seek</strong> <em>offset</em> <strong>?start|current|end?</strong></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>seek</strong> <em>offset</em> <strong>?start|current|end?</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6846,7 +6801,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>tell</strong></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>tell</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6854,17 +6809,17 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>filename</strong></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>filename</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Returns the original filename used when opening the file.
-    If the handle was returned from <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a>, the type of the
+    If the handle was returned from <a href="#_socket"><strong><code>socket</code></strong></a>, the type of the
     handle is returned instead.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>ndelay ?0|1?</strong></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>ndelay ?0|1?</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6874,7 +6829,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>buffering none|line|full</strong></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>buffering none|line|full</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6882,7 +6837,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>accept</strong></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>accept</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6890,25 +6845,25 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>sendto</strong> <em>str ?hostname:?port</em></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>sendto</strong> <em>str ?hostname:?port</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Sends the string, <tt><em>str</em></tt>, to the given address via the socket using sendto(2).
+    Sends the string, <code><em>str</em></code>, to the given address via the socket using sendto(2).
     This is intended for udp sockets and may give an error or behave in unintended
     ways for other handle types.
     Returns the number of bytes written.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>recvfrom</strong> <em>maxlen ?addrvar?</em></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>recvfrom</strong> <em>maxlen ?addrvar?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Receives a message from the handle via recvfrom(2) and returns it.
-    At most <tt><em>maxlen</em></tt> bytes are read.
-    If <tt><em>addrvar</em></tt> is specified, the sending address of the message is stored in
-    the named variable in the form <em>addr:port</em>. See <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a> for details.
+    At most <code><em>maxlen</em></code> bytes are read.
+    If <code><em>addrvar</em></code> is specified, the sending address of the message is stored in
+    the named variable in the form <em>addr:port</em>. See <a href="#_socket"><strong><code>socket</code></strong></a> for details.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
@@ -6917,27 +6872,27 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 <h3 id="_fconfigure">fconfigure</h3>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>fconfigure</strong> <em>handle</em> <strong>?-blocking 0|1? ?-buffering noneline|full? ?-translation</strong> <em>mode</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>fconfigure</strong> <em>handle</em> <strong>?-blocking 0|1? ?-buffering noneline|full? ?-translation</strong> <em>mode</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    For compatibility with Tcl, a limited form of the <a href="#_fconfigure"><strong><tt>fconfigure</tt></strong></a>
+    For compatibility with Tcl, a limited form of the <a href="#_fconfigure"><strong><code>fconfigure</code></strong></a>
     command is supported.
 </p>
 <div class="ulist"><ul>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_fconfigure"><strong><tt>fconfigure</tt></strong></a> <tt>... -blocking</tt> maps to <a href="#_aio"><strong><tt>aio</tt></strong></a> <tt>ndelay</tt>
+<a href="#_fconfigure"><strong><code>fconfigure</code></strong></a> <code>... -blocking</code> maps to <a href="#_aio"><strong><code>aio</code></strong></a> <code>ndelay</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_fconfigure"><strong><tt>fconfigure</tt></strong></a> <tt>... -buffering</tt> maps to <a href="#_aio"><strong><tt>aio</tt></strong></a> <tt>buffering</tt>
+<a href="#_fconfigure"><strong><code>fconfigure</code></strong></a> <code>... -buffering</code> maps to <a href="#_aio"><strong><code>aio</code></strong></a> <code>buffering</code>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_fconfigure"><strong><tt>fconfigure</tt></strong></a> <tt>... -translation</tt> is accepted but ignored
+<a href="#_fconfigure"><strong><code>fconfigure</code></strong></a> <code>... -translation</code> is accepted but ignored
 </p>
 </li>
 </ul></div>
@@ -6951,7 +6906,7 @@ If no script is given, returns the current script. If the given script is the em
 handler is removed.</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>readable</strong> <em>?readable-script?</em></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>readable</strong> <em>?readable-script?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6959,7 +6914,7 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>writable</strong> <em>?writable-script?</em></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>writable</strong> <em>?writable-script?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6967,7 +6922,7 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$handle <strong>onexception</strong> <em>?exception-script?</em></tt>
+<code>$handle <strong>onexception</strong> <em>?exception-script?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6975,21 +6930,21 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For compatibility with <em>Tcl</em>, these may be prefixed with <tt>fileevent</tt>.  e.g.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For compatibility with <em>Tcl</em>, these may be prefixed with <code>fileevent</code>.  e.g.</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
  
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    <tt>fileevent $handle <strong>readable</strong> <em>...</em></tt>
+    <code>fileevent $handle <strong>readable</strong> <em>...</em></code>
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Time-based execution is also available via the eventloop API.</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>after</strong> <em>ms</em></tt>
+<code><strong>after</strong> <em>ms</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -6998,58 +6953,58 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>after</strong> <em>ms</em>|<strong>idle</strong> script ?script ...?'</tt>
+<code><strong>after</strong> <em>ms</em>|<strong>idle</strong> script ?script ...?'</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     The scripts are concatenated and executed after the given
     number of milliseconds have elapsed.  If <em>idle</em> is specified,
     the script will run the next time the event loop is processed
-    with <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>vwait</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>update</tt></strong></a>. The script is only run once and
+    with <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>vwait</code></strong></a> or <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>update</code></strong></a>. The script is only run once and
     then removed.  Returns an event id.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>after cancel</strong> <em>id|command</em></tt>
+<code><strong>after cancel</strong> <em>id|command</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Cancels an <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>after</tt></strong></a> event with the given event id or matching
+    Cancels an <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>after</code></strong></a> event with the given event id or matching
     command (script).  Returns the number of milliseconds
     remaining until the event would have fired.  Returns the
     empty string if no matching event is found.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>after info</strong> <em>?id?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>after info</strong> <em>?id?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    If <tt><em>id</em></tt> is not given, returns a list of current <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>after</tt></strong></a>
-    events.  If <tt><em>id</em></tt> is given, returns a list containing the
+    If <code><em>id</em></code> is not given, returns a list of current <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>after</code></strong></a>
+    events.  If <code><em>id</em></code> is given, returns a list containing the
     associated script and either <em>timer</em> or <em>idle</em> to indicated
-    the type of the event. An error occurs if <tt><em>id</em></tt> does not
+    the type of the event. An error occurs if <code><em>id</em></code> does not
     match an event.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>vwait</strong> <em>variable</em></tt>
+<code><strong>vwait</strong> <em>variable</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    A call to <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>vwait</tt></strong></a> is enters the eventloop. <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>vwait</tt></strong></a> processes
+    A call to <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>vwait</code></strong></a> is enters the eventloop. <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>vwait</code></strong></a> processes
     events until the named (global) variable changes or all
     event handlers are removed. The variable need not exist
-    beforehand.  If there are no event handlers defined, <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>vwait</tt></strong></a>
+    beforehand.  If there are no event handlers defined, <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>vwait</code></strong></a>
     returns immediately.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>update ?idletasks?</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>update ?idletasks?</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    A call to <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>update</tt></strong></a> enters the eventloop to process expired events, but
+    A call to <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>update</code></strong></a> enters the eventloop to process expired events, but
     no new events. If <em>idletasks</em> is specified, only expired time events are handled,
     not file events.
     Returns once handlers have been run for all expired events.
@@ -7057,13 +7012,13 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Scripts are executed at the global scope. If an error occurs during a handler script,
-an attempt is made to call (the user-defined command) <tt>bgerror</tt> with the details of the error.
-If the <tt>bgerror</tt> commands does not exist, it is printed to stderr instead.</p></div>
+an attempt is made to call (the user-defined command) <code>bgerror</code> with the details of the error.
+If the <code>bgerror</code> commands does not exist, it is printed to stderr instead.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If a file event handler script generates an error, the handler is automatically removed
 to prevent infinite errors. (A time event handler is always removed after execution).</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>bgerror</strong> <em>error</em></tt>
+<code><strong>bgerror</strong> <em>error</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7077,7 +7032,7 @@ to prevent infinite errors. (A time event handler is always removed after execut
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Various socket types may be created.</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>socket unix</strong> <em>path</em></tt>
+<code><strong>socket unix</strong> <em>path</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7085,7 +7040,7 @@ to prevent infinite errors. (A time event handler is always removed after execut
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>socket unix.server</strong> <em>path</em></tt>
+<code><strong>socket unix.server</strong> <em>path</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7093,7 +7048,7 @@ to prevent infinite errors. (A time event handler is always removed after execut
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>socket ?-ipv6? stream</strong> <em>addr:port</em></tt>
+<code><strong>socket ?-ipv6? stream</strong> <em>addr:port</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7101,15 +7056,15 @@ to prevent infinite errors. (A time event handler is always removed after execut
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>socket ?-ipv6? stream.server</strong> <em>?addr:?port</em></tt>
+<code><strong>socket ?-ipv6? stream.server</strong> <em>?addr:?port</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    A TCP socket server (<tt><em>addr</em></tt> defaults to <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> for IPv4 or <tt>[::]</tt> for IPv6).
+    A TCP socket server (<code><em>addr</em></code> defaults to <code>0.0.0.0</code> for IPv4 or <code>[::]</code> for IPv6).
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>socket ?-ipv6? dgram</strong> ?<em>addr:port</em>?</tt>
+<code><strong>socket ?-ipv6? dgram</strong> ?<em>addr:port</em>?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7119,7 +7074,7 @@ to prevent infinite errors. (A time event handler is always removed after execut
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>socket ?-ipv6? dgram.server</strong> <em>addr:port</em></tt>
+<code><strong>socket ?-ipv6? dgram.server</strong> <em>addr:port</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7127,7 +7082,7 @@ to prevent infinite errors. (A time event handler is always removed after execut
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>socket pipe</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>socket pipe</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7142,18 +7097,18 @@ address.</p></div>
 commands (gets, puts, read, etc.), either as object-based syntax or Tcl-compatible syntax.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set f [socket stream www.google.com:80]
+<pre><code>set f [socket stream www.google.com:80]
 aio.sockstream1
 $f puts -nonewline "GET / HTTP/1.0\r\n\r\n"
 $f gets
 HTTP/1.0 302 Found
-$f close</tt></pre>
+$f close</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Server sockets, however support only <em>accept</em>, which is most useful in conjunction with
 the EVENTLOOP API.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>set f [socket stream.server 80]
+<pre><code>set f [socket stream.server 80]
 $f readable {
     set client [$f accept]
     $client gets $buf
@@ -7161,9 +7116,9 @@ $f readable {
     $client puts -nonewline "HTTP/1.1 404 Not found\r\n"
     $client close
 }
-vwait done</tt></pre>
+vwait done</code></pre>
 </div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The address, <tt><em>addr</em></tt>, can be given in one of the following forms:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The address, <code><em>addr</em></code>, can be given in one of the following forms:</p></div>
 <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 <li>
 <p>
@@ -7183,32 +7138,32 @@ A hostname
 </ol></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Note that on many systems, listening on an IPv6 address such as [::] will
 also accept requests via IPv4.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Where a hostname is specified, the <tt><em>first</em></tt> returned address is used
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Where a hostname is specified, the <code><em>first</em></code> returned address is used
 which matches the socket type is used.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The special type <em>pipe</em> isn&#8217;t really a socket.</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>lassign [socket pipe] r w</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>lassign [socket pipe] r w</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt># Must close $w after exec
+<pre><code># Must close $w after exec
 exec ps &gt;@$w &amp;
-$w close</tt></pre>
+$w close</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>$r readable ...</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>$r readable ...</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_syslog">syslog</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>syslog</strong> <em>?options? ?priority? message</em></tt></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code><strong>syslog</strong> <em>?options? ?priority? message</em></code></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This  command sends message to system syslog facility with given
 priority. Valid priorities are:</p></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>emerg, alert, crit, err, error, warning, notice, info, debug</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>emerg, alert, crit, err, error, warning, notice, info, debug</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If a message is specified, but no priority is specified, then a
 priority of info is used.</p></div>
@@ -7217,7 +7172,7 @@ argv0 is used as ident string. However, any of the following options
 may be specified before priority to control these parameters:</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-facility</strong> <em>value</em></tt>
+<code><strong>-facility</strong> <em>value</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7226,12 +7181,12 @@ may be specified before priority to control these parameters:</p></div>
 </p>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>authpriv, cron, daemon, kernel, lpr, mail, news, syslog, user,
-uucp, local0-local7</tt></pre>
+<pre><code>authpriv, cron, daemon, kernel, lpr, mail, news, syslog, user,
+uucp, local0-local7</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-ident</strong> <em>string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>-ident</strong> <em>string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7239,11 +7194,11 @@ uucp, local0-local7</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>-options</strong> <em>integer</em></tt>
+<code><strong>-options</strong> <em>integer</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Set syslog options such as <tt>LOG_CONS</tt>, <tt>LOG_NDELAY</tt>. You should
+    Set syslog options such as <code>LOG_CONS</code>, <code>LOG_NDELAY</code>. You should
     use numeric values of those from your system syslog.h file,
     because I haven&#8217;t got time to implement yet another hash
     table.
@@ -7256,25 +7211,25 @@ uucp, local0-local7</tt></pre>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The optional <em>pack</em> extension provides commands to encode and decode binary strings.</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>pack</strong> <em>varName value</em> <strong>-intle|-intbe|-str</strong> <em>bitwidth ?bitoffset?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>pack</strong> <em>varName value</em> <strong>-intle|-intbe|-str</strong> <em>bitwidth ?bitoffset?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Packs the binary representation of <tt><em>value</em></tt> into the variable
-    <tt><em>varName</em></tt>. The value is packed according to the given type
+    Packs the binary representation of <code><em>value</em></code> into the variable
+    <code><em>varName</em></code>. The value is packed according to the given type
     (integer/string, big-endian/little-endian), width and bit offset.
-    The variable is created if necessary (like <a href="#_append"><strong><tt>append</tt></strong></a>).
+    The variable is created if necessary (like <a href="#_append"><strong><code>append</code></strong></a>).
     Ihe variable is expanded if necessary.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>unpack</strong> <em>binvalue</em> <strong>-intbe|-intle|-uintbe|-uintle|-str</strong> <em>bitpos bitwidth</em></tt>
+<code><strong>unpack</strong> <em>binvalue</em> <strong>-intbe|-intle|-uintbe|-uintle|-str</strong> <em>bitpos bitwidth</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Unpacks bits from <tt><em>binvalue</em></tt> at bit position <tt><em>bitpos</em></tt> and with <tt><em>bitwidth</em></tt>.
+    Unpacks bits from <code><em>binvalue</em></code> at bit position <code><em>bitpos</em></code> and with <code><em>bitwidth</em></code>.
     Interprets the value according to the type (integer/string, big-endian/little-endian
-    and signed/unsigned) and returns it. For integer types, <tt><em>bitwidth</em></tt>
+    and signed/unsigned) and returns it. For integer types, <code><em>bitwidth</em></code>
     may be up to the size of a Jim Tcl integer (typically 64 bits). For the string type,
     both the width and the offset must be on a byte boundary (multiple of 8). Attempting to
     access outside the length of the value will return 0 for integer types or the empty string
@@ -7285,8 +7240,8 @@ uucp, local0-local7</tt></pre>
 </div>
 <div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_binary">binary</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The optional, pure-Tcl <em>binary</em> extension provides the Tcl-compatible <a href="#_binary"><strong><tt>binary</tt></strong></a> <tt>scan</tt> and <a href="#_binary"><strong><tt>binary</tt></strong></a> <tt>format</tt>
-commands based on the low-level <a href="#cmd_3"><strong><tt>pack</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#cmd_3"><strong><tt>unpack</tt></strong></a> commands.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The optional, pure-Tcl <em>binary</em> extension provides the Tcl-compatible <a href="#_binary"><strong><code>binary</code></strong></a> <code>scan</code> and <a href="#_binary"><strong><code>binary</code></strong></a> <code>format</code>
+commands based on the low-level <a href="#cmd_3"><strong><code>pack</code></strong></a> and <a href="#cmd_3"><strong><code>unpack</code></strong></a> commands.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>See the Tcl documentation at: <a href="http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl8.5/TclCmd/binary.htm">http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl8.5/TclCmd/binary.htm</a></p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Note that packing and unpacking of floating point values is not supported.</p></div>
 </div>
@@ -7296,19 +7251,19 @@ commands based on the low-level <a href="#cmd_3"><strong><tt>pack</tt></strong><
 <div class="paragraph"><p>See the online documentation (<a href="http://jim.berlios.de/documentation/oo/">http://jim.berlios.de/documentation/oo/</a>) for more details.</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>class</strong> <em>classname ?baseclasses? classvars</em></tt>
+<code><strong>class</strong> <em>classname ?baseclasses? classvars</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Create a new class, <tt><em>classname</em></tt>, with the given dictionary
-    (<tt><em>classvars</em></tt>) as class variables. These are the initial variables
+    Create a new class, <code><em>classname</em></code>, with the given dictionary
+    (<code><em>classvars</em></code>) as class variables. These are the initial variables
     which all newly created objects of this class are initialised with.
     If a list of baseclasses is given, methods and instance variables
     are inherited.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>super</strong> <em>method ?args ...?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>super</strong> <em>method ?args ...?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7326,7 +7281,7 @@ similar to that provided by tcllib ::struct::tree (<a href="http://tcllib.source
 and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value pairs.</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>tree</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>tree</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7335,7 +7290,7 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>destroy</strong></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>destroy</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7344,7 +7299,7 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>set</strong> <em>nodename key value</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>set</strong> <em>nodename key value</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7352,7 +7307,7 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>lappend</strong> <em>nodename key value ...</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>lappend</strong> <em>nodename key value ...</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7360,7 +7315,7 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>keyexists</strong> <em>nodename key</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>keyexists</strong> <em>nodename key</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7368,7 +7323,7 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>get</strong> <em>nodename key</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>get</strong> <em>nodename key</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7376,7 +7331,7 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>getall</strong> <em>nodename</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>getall</strong> <em>nodename</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7384,7 +7339,7 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>depth</strong> <em>nodename</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>depth</strong> <em>nodename</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7392,7 +7347,7 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>parent</strong> <em>nodename</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>parent</strong> <em>nodename</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7400,7 +7355,7 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>numchildren</strong> <em>nodename</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>numchildren</strong> <em>nodename</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7408,7 +7363,7 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>children</strong> <em>nodename</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>children</strong> <em>nodename</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7416,7 +7371,7 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>next</strong> <em>nodename</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>next</strong> <em>nodename</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7424,29 +7379,29 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>insert</strong> <em>nodename ?index?</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>insert</strong> <em>nodename ?index?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Add a new child node to the given node. The index is a list index
-    such as <tt>3</tt> or <tt>end-2</tt>. The default index is <tt>end</tt>.
+    such as <code>3</code> or <code>end-2</code>. The default index is <code>end</code>.
     Returns the name of the newly added node.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>walk</strong> <em>nodename</em> <strong>dfs|bfs</strong> {<em>actionvar nodevar</em>} <em>script</em></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>walk</strong> <em>nodename</em> <strong>dfs|bfs</strong> {<em>actionvar nodevar</em>} <em>script</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Walks the tree starting from the given node, either breadth first (<tt>bfs</tt>)
-    depth first (<tt>dfs</tt>).
-    The value <tt>"enter"</tt> or <tt>"exit"</tt> is stored in variable <tt><em>actionvar</em></tt>.
-    The name of each node is stored in <tt><em>nodevar</em></tt>.
+    Walks the tree starting from the given node, either breadth first (<code>bfs</code>)
+    depth first (<code>dfs</code>).
+    The value <code>"enter"</code> or <code>"exit"</code> is stored in variable <code><em>actionvar</em></code>.
+    The name of each node is stored in <code><em>nodevar</em></code>.
     The script is evaluated twice for each node, on entry and exit.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>$tree <strong>dump</strong></tt>
+<code>$tree <strong>dump</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7462,58 +7417,51 @@ and zero or more child nodes (ordered), as well as zero or more attribute/value
 of possible values (typically commands or options).</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>tcl::prefix all</strong> <em>table string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>tcl::prefix all</strong> <em>table string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns a list of all elements in <tt><em>table</em></tt> that begin with the prefix <tt><em>string</em></tt>.
+    Returns a list of all elements in <code><em>table</em></code> that begin with the prefix <code><em>string</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>tcl::prefix longest</strong> <em>table string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>tcl::prefix longest</strong> <em>table string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns the longest common prefix of all elements in <tt><em>table</em></tt> that begin with the prefix <tt><em>string</em></tt>.
+    Returns the longest common prefix of all elements in <code><em>table</em></code> that begin with the prefix <code><em>string</em></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>tcl::prefix match</strong> <em>?options? table string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>tcl::prefix match</strong> <em>?options? table string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    If <tt><em>string</em></tt> equals one element in <tt><em>table</em></tt> or is a prefix to
+    If <code><em>string</em></code> equals one element in <code><em>table</em></code> or is a prefix to
     exactly one element, the matched element is returned. If not, the
-    result depends on the <tt>-error</tt> option.
+    result depends on the <code>-error</code> option.
 </p>
-</dd>
-<dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>-exact</tt>
-</dt>
-<dd>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
 <p>
-        Accept only exact matches.
+<code><strong>-exact</strong></code> Accept only exact matches.
 </p>
-</dd>
-<dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>-message <em>string</em></tt>
-</dt>
-<dd>
+</li>
+<li>
 <p>
-        Use <tt><em>string</em></tt> in the error message at a mismatch. Default is "option".
+<code><strong>-message</strong> <em>string</em></code> Use <code><em>string</em></code> in the error message at a mismatch. Default is "option".
 </p>
-</dd>
-<dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt>-error <em>options</em></tt>
-</dt>
-<dd>
+</li>
+<li>
 <p>
-        The options are used when no match is found. If <tt><em>options</em></tt> is
-        empty, no error is generated and an empty string is returned.
-        Otherwise the options are used as return options when
-        generating the error message. The default corresponds to
-        setting <tt>-level 0</tt>.
+<code><strong>-error</strong> <em>options</em></code> The options are used when no match is found. If <code><em>options</em></code> is
+      empty, no error is generated and an empty string is returned.
+      Otherwise the options are used as return options when
+      generating the error message. The default corresponds to
+      setting <code>-level 0</code>.
 </p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
 </div>
@@ -7521,11 +7469,11 @@ of possible values (typically commands or options).</p></div>
 <h3 id="_history">history</h3>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The optional history extension provides script access to the command line editing
 and history support available in <em>jimsh</em>. See <em>examples/jtclsh.tcl</em> for an example.
-Note: if line editing support is not available, <a href="#_history"><strong><tt>history</tt></strong></a> <tt>getline</tt> acts like <a href="#_gets"><strong><tt>gets</tt></strong></a> and
+Note: if line editing support is not available, <a href="#_history"><strong><code>history</code></strong></a> <code>getline</code> acts like <a href="#_gets"><strong><code>gets</code></strong></a> and
 the remaining subcommands do nothing.</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>history load</strong> <em>filename</em></tt>
+<code><strong>history load</strong> <em>filename</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7534,17 +7482,17 @@ the remaining subcommands do nothing.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>history getline</strong> <em>prompt ?varname?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>history getline</strong> <em>prompt ?varname?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Displays the given prompt and allows a line to be entered. Similarly to <a href="#_gets"><strong><tt>gets</tt></strong></a>,
-    if <tt><em>varname</em></tt> is given, it receives the line and the length of the line is returned,
-    or -1 on EOF. If <tt><em>varname</em></tt> is not given, the line is returned directly.
+    Displays the given prompt and allows a line to be entered. Similarly to <a href="#_gets"><strong><code>gets</code></strong></a>,
+    if <code><em>varname</em></code> is given, it receives the line and the length of the line is returned,
+    or -1 on EOF. If <code><em>varname</em></code> is not given, the line is returned directly.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>history add</strong> <em>line</em></tt>
+<code><strong>history add</strong> <em>line</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7552,7 +7500,7 @@ the remaining subcommands do nothing.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>history save</strong> <em>filename</em></tt>
+<code><strong>history save</strong> <em>filename</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7560,7 +7508,7 @@ the remaining subcommands do nothing.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>history show</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>history show</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7574,17 +7522,17 @@ the remaining subcommands do nothing.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Provides namespace-related functions. See also: <a href="http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl8.6/TclCmd/namespace.htm">http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl8.6/TclCmd/namespace.htm</a></p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>namespace code</strong> <em>script</em></tt>
+<code><strong>namespace code</strong> <em>script</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     Captures the current namespace context for later execution of
-    the script <tt><em>script</em></tt>. It returns a new script in which script has
-    been wrapped in a <tt><strong>namespace inscope</strong></tt> command.
+    the script <code><em>script</em></code>. It returns a new script in which script has
+    been wrapped in a <code><strong>namespace inscope</strong></code> command.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>namespace current</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>namespace current</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7592,7 +7540,7 @@ the remaining subcommands do nothing.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>namespace delete</strong> <em>?namespace &#8230;?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>namespace delete</strong> <em>?namespace &#8230;?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7600,40 +7548,40 @@ the remaining subcommands do nothing.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>namespace eval</strong> <em>namespace arg ?arg&#8230;?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>namespace eval</strong> <em>namespace arg ?arg&#8230;?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Activates a namespace called <tt><em>namespace</em></tt> and evaluates some code in that context.
+    Activates a namespace called <code><em>namespace</em></code> and evaluates some code in that context.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>namespace origin</strong> <em>command</em></tt>
+<code><strong>namespace origin</strong> <em>command</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns the fully-qualified name of the original command to which the imported command <tt><em>command</em></tt> refers.
+    Returns the fully-qualified name of the original command to which the imported command <code><em>command</em></code> refers.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-+<strong>namespace parent</strong> ?namespace?
+<code><strong>namespace parent</strong> ?namespace?</code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns the fully-qualified name of the parent namespace for namespace <tt><em>namespace</em></tt>, if given, otherwise
+    Returns the fully-qualified name of the parent namespace for namespace <code><em>namespace</em></code>, if given, otherwise
     for the current namespace.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>namespace qualifiers</strong> <em>string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>namespace qualifiers</strong> <em>string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Returns any leading namespace qualifiers for <tt><em>string</em></tt>
+    Returns any leading namespace qualifiers for <code><em>string</em></code>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>namespace tail</strong> <em>string</em></tt>
+<code><strong>namespace tail</strong> <em>string</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7641,19 +7589,19 @@ the remaining subcommands do nothing.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>namespace upvar</strong> <em>namespace ?arg&#8230;?</em></tt>
+<code><strong>namespace upvar</strong> <em>namespace ?arg&#8230;?</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    This command arranges for zero or more local variables in the current procedure to refer to variables in <tt><em>namespace</em></tt>
+    This command arranges for zero or more local variables in the current procedure to refer to variables in <code><em>namespace</em></code>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>namespace which</strong> <em>?-command|-variable? name</em></tt>
+<code><strong>namespace which</strong> <em>?-command|-variable? name</em></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
-    Looks up <tt><em>name</em></tt> as either a command (the default) or variable and returns its fully-qualified name.
+    Looks up <code><em>name</em></code> as either a command (the default) or variable and returns its fully-qualified name.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
@@ -7667,7 +7615,7 @@ the remaining subcommands do nothing.</p></div>
 by the Tcl library.</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>env</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>env</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7675,13 +7623,13 @@ by the Tcl library.</p></div>
     whose elements are the environment variables for the process.
     Reading an element will return the value of the corresponding
     environment variable.
-    This array is initialised at startup from the <a href="#_env"><strong><tt>env</tt></strong></a> command.
+    This array is initialised at startup from the <a href="#_env"><strong><code>env</code></strong></a> command.
     It may be modified and will affect the environment passed to
-    commands invoked with <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a>.
+    commands invoked with <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>platform_tcl</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>platform_tcl</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7691,20 +7639,20 @@ by the Tcl library.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>auto_path</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>auto_path</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
     This variable contains a list of paths to search for packages.
     It defaults to a location based on where jim is installed
-    (e.g. <tt>/usr/local/lib/jim</tt>), but may be changed by <tt>jimsh</tt>
-    or the embedding application. Note that <tt>jimsh</tt> will consider
-    the environment variable <tt>$JIMLIB</tt> to be a list of colon-separated
-    list of paths to add to <tt><strong>auto_path</strong></tt>.
+    (e.g. <code>/usr/local/lib/jim</code>), but may be changed by <code>jimsh</code>
+    or the embedding application. Note that <code>jimsh</code> will consider
+    the environment variable <code>$JIMLIB</code> to be a list of colon-separated
+    list of paths to add to <code><strong>auto_path</strong></code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>errorCode</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>errorCode</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7716,15 +7664,15 @@ by the Tcl library.</p></div>
     class of errors, and determines the format of the rest of
     the list. The following formats for -errorcode return options
     are used by the Tcl core; individual applications may define
-    additional formats. Currently only <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> sets this variable.
-    Otherwise it will be <tt>NONE</tt>.
+    additional formats. Currently only <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a> sets this variable.
+    Otherwise it will be <code>NONE</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The following global variables are set by jimsh.</p></div>
 <div class="dlist"><dl>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>tcl_interactive</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>tcl_interactive</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7733,7 +7681,7 @@ by the Tcl library.</p></div>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>tcl_platform</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>tcl_platform</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7743,17 +7691,17 @@ by the Tcl library.</p></div>
 </p>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>tcl_platform(byteOrder)     = littleEndian
+<pre><code>tcl_platform(byteOrder)     = littleEndian
 tcl_platform(os)            = Darwin
 tcl_platform(platform)      = unix
 tcl_platform(pointerSize)   = 8
 tcl_platform(threaded)      = 0
 tcl_platform(wordSize)      = 8
-tcl_platform(pathSeparator) = :</tt></pre>
+tcl_platform(pathSeparator) = :</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>argv0</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>argv0</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7762,7 +7710,7 @@ tcl_platform(pathSeparator) = :</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>argv</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>argv</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7771,7 +7719,7 @@ tcl_platform(pathSeparator) = :</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>argc</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>argc</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7780,7 +7728,7 @@ tcl_platform(pathSeparator) = :</tt></pre>
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt class="hdlist1">
-<tt><strong>jim_argv0</strong></tt>
+<code><strong>jim_argv0</strong></code>
 </dt>
 <dd>
 <p>
@@ -7794,11 +7742,71 @@ tcl_platform(pathSeparator) = :</tt></pre>
 <h2 id="_changes_in_previous_releases">CHANGES IN PREVIOUS RELEASES</h2>
 <div class="sectionbody">
 <div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_in_v0_70">In v0.70</h3>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+<code>platform_tcl()</code> settings are now automatically determined
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Add aio <code>$handle filename</code>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Add <a href="#_info"><strong><code>info</code></strong></a> <code>channels</code>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The <em>bio</em> extension is gone. Now <a href="#_aio"><strong><code>aio</code></strong></a> supports <em>copyto</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Add <a href="#_exists"><strong><code>exists</code></strong></a> command
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Add the pure-Tcl <em>oo</em> extension
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a> command now only uses vfork(), not fork()
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Unit test framework is less verbose and more Tcl-compatible
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Optional UTF-8 support
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Optional built-in regexp engine for better Tcl compatibility and UTF-8 support
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Command line editing in interactive mode, e.g. <em>jimsh</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
 <h3 id="_in_v0_63">In v0.63</h3>
 <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> now checks that a script is complete (.i.e. not missing a brace)
+<a href="#_source"><strong><code>source</code></strong></a> now checks that a script is complete (.i.e. not missing a brace)
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -7808,27 +7816,27 @@ tcl_platform(pathSeparator) = :</tt></pre>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Better access to live stack frames with <em>info frame</em>, <a href="#_stacktrace"><strong><tt>stacktrace</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_stackdump"><strong><tt>stackdump</tt></strong></a>
+Better access to live stack frames with <em>info frame</em>, <a href="#_stacktrace"><strong><code>stacktrace</code></strong></a> and <a href="#_stackdump"><strong><code>stackdump</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_tailcall"><strong><tt>tailcall</tt></strong></a> no longer loses stack trace information
+<a href="#_tailcall"><strong><code>tailcall</code></strong></a> no longer loses stack trace information
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add <a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_curry"><strong><tt>curry</tt></strong></a>
+Add <a href="#_alias"><strong><code>alias</code></strong></a> and <a href="#_curry"><strong><code>curry</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_curry"><strong><tt>curry</tt></strong></a> are implemented via <a href="#_tailcall"><strong><tt>tailcall</tt></strong></a> for efficiency
+<a href="#_lambda"><strong><code>lambda</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_alias"><strong><code>alias</code></strong></a> and <a href="#_curry"><strong><code>curry</code></strong></a> are implemented via <a href="#_tailcall"><strong><code>tailcall</code></strong></a> for efficiency
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a> allows procedures to be deleted automatically at the end of the current procedure
+<a href="#_local"><strong><code>local</code></strong></a> allows procedures to be deleted automatically at the end of the current procedure
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -7858,7 +7866,7 @@ Enhance <em>try &#8230; on &#8230; finally</em> to be more Tcl 8.6 compatible
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-It is now possible to <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> from within <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a>
+It is now possible to <a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a> from within <a href="#_try"><strong><code>try</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -7878,7 +7886,7 @@ Event handlers works better if an error occurs. eof handler has been removed.
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> now sets $::errorCode, and catch sets opts(-errorcode) for exit status
+<a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a> now sets $::errorCode, and catch sets opts(-errorcode) for exit status
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -7888,7 +7896,7 @@ Command pipelines via open "|&#8230;" are now supported
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_pid"><strong><tt>pid</tt></strong></a> can now return pids of a command pipeline
+<a href="#_pid"><strong><code>pid</code></strong></a> can now return pids of a command pipeline
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -7898,12 +7906,12 @@ Add <em>info references</em>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add support for <em>after <tt>'ms</em></tt><em>, 'after idle</em>, <em>after info</em>, <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>update</tt></strong></a>
+Add support for <em>after <code>'ms</em></code><em>, 'after idle</em>, <em>after info</em>, <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><code>update</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-<a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> now sets environment based on $::env
+<a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a> now sets environment based on $::env
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -7923,42 +7931,42 @@ Add support for <em>lsort -index</em>
 <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
 <li>
 <p>
-Add support to <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> for <em>&gt;&amp;</em>, <em>&gt;&gt;&amp;</em>, <em>|&amp;</em>, <em>2&gt;@1</em>
+Add support to <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a> for <em>&gt;&amp;</em>, <em>&gt;&gt;&amp;</em>, <em>|&amp;</em>, <em>2&gt;@1</em>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Fix <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> error messages when special token (e.g. <em>&gt;</em>) is the last token
+Fix <a href="#_exec"><strong><code>exec</code></strong></a> error messages when special token (e.g. <em>&gt;</em>) is the last token
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Fix <a href="#_subst"><strong><tt>subst</tt></strong></a> handling of backslash escapes.
+Fix <a href="#_subst"><strong><code>subst</code></strong></a> handling of backslash escapes.
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Allow abbreviated options for <a href="#_subst"><strong><tt>subst</tt></strong></a>
+Allow abbreviated options for <a href="#_subst"><strong><code>subst</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add support for <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a> in subst
+Add support for <a href="#_return"><strong><code>return</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_break"><strong><code>break</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_continue"><strong><code>continue</code></strong></a> in subst
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Many <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a> bug fixes
+Many <a href="#_expr"><strong><code>expr</code></strong></a> bug fixes
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add support for functions in <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a> (e.g. int(), abs()), and also <em>in</em>, <em>ni</em> list operations
+Add support for functions in <a href="#_expr"><strong><code>expr</code></strong></a> (e.g. int(), abs()), and also <em>in</em>, <em>ni</em> list operations
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-The variable name argument to <a href="#_regsub"><strong><tt>regsub</tt></strong></a> is now optional
+The variable name argument to <a href="#_regsub"><strong><code>regsub</code></strong></a> is now optional
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -7968,12 +7976,12 @@ Add support for <em>unset -nocomplain</em>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Add support for list commands: <a href="#_lassign"><strong><tt>lassign</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lrepeat"><strong><tt>lrepeat</tt></strong></a>
+Add support for list commands: <a href="#_lassign"><strong><code>lassign</code></strong></a>, <a href="#_lrepeat"><strong><code>lrepeat</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Fully-functional <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a> is now implemented
+Fully-functional <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><code>lsearch</code></strong></a> is now implemented
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -7983,17 +7991,17 @@ Add <em>info nameofexecutable</em> and <em>info returncodes</em>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Allow <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> to determine what return codes are caught
+Allow <a href="#_catch"><strong><code>catch</code></strong></a> to determine what return codes are caught
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Allow <a href="#_incr"><strong><tt>incr</tt></strong></a> to increment an unset variable by first setting to 0
+Allow <a href="#_incr"><strong><code>incr</code></strong></a> to increment an unset variable by first setting to 0
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
 <p>
-Allow <em>args</em> and optional arguments to the left or required arguments in <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a>
+Allow <em>args</em> and optional arguments to the left or required arguments in <a href="#_proc"><strong><code>proc</code></strong></a>
 </p>
 </li>
 <li>
@@ -8015,18 +8023,18 @@ Add <em>try &#8230; finally</em> command
 <div class="sectionbody">
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>Copyright 2005 Salvatore Sanfilippo &lt;antirez@invece.org&gt;
+<pre><code>Copyright 2005 Salvatore Sanfilippo &lt;antirez@invece.org&gt;
 Copyright 2005 Clemens Hintze &lt;c.hintze@gmx.net&gt;
 Copyright 2005 patthoyts - Pat Thoyts &lt;patthoyts@users.sf.net&gt;
 Copyright 2008 oharboe - Oyvind Harboe - oyvind.harboe@zylin.com
 Copyright 2008 Andrew Lunn &lt;andrew@lunn.ch&gt;
 Copyright 2008 Duane Ellis &lt;openocd@duaneellis.com&gt;
 Copyright 2008 Uwe Klein &lt;uklein@klein-messgeraete.de&gt;
-Copyright 2009 Steve Bennett &lt;steveb@workware.net.au&gt;</tt></pre>
+Copyright 2009 Steve Bennett &lt;steveb@workware.net.au&gt;</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+<pre><code>Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 are met:
 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
@@ -8034,11 +8042,11 @@ are met:
 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
    copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
    disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
-   provided with the distribution.</tt></pre>
+   provided with the distribution.</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE JIM TCL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+<pre><code>THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE JIM TCL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
 EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
 THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
 PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
@@ -8049,13 +8057,13 @@ OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
 STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
-ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.</tt></pre>
+ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 <div class="literalblock">
 <div class="content">
-<pre><tt>The views and conclusions contained in the software and documentation
+<pre><code>The views and conclusions contained in the software and documentation
 are those of the authors and should not be interpreted as representing
-official policies, either expressed or implied, of the Jim Tcl Project.</tt></pre>
+official policies, either expressed or implied, of the Jim Tcl Project.</code></pre>
 </div></div>
 </div>
 </div>
@@ -8063,7 +8071,7 @@ official policies, either expressed or implied, of the Jim Tcl Project.</tt></pr
 <div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
 <div id="footer">
 <div id="footer-text">
-Last updated 2011-12-14 07:33:13 EST
+Last updated 2012-09-11 11:21:08 EST
 </div>
 </div>
 </body>
diff --git a/jim.c b/jim.c
index 1737ff3..edb35d6 100644
--- a/jim.c
+++ b/jim.c
@@ -13259,6 +13259,9 @@ static int Jim_StringCoreCommand(Jim_Interp *interp, int argc, Jim_Obj *const *a
     static const char * const nocase_options[] = {
         "-nocase", NULL
     };
+    static const char * const nocase_length_options[] = {
+        "-nocase", "-length", NULL
+    };
 
     if (argc < 2) {
         Jim_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, argv, "option ?arguments ...?");
@@ -13286,23 +13289,54 @@ static int Jim_StringCoreCommand(Jim_Interp *interp, int argc, Jim_Obj *const *a
 
         case OPT_COMPARE:
         case OPT_EQUAL:
-            if (argc != 4 &&
-                (argc != 5 ||
-                    Jim_GetEnum(interp, argv[2], nocase_options, &opt_case, NULL,
-                        JIM_ENUM_ABBREV) != JIM_OK)) {
-                Jim_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, argv, "?-nocase? string1 string2");
-                return JIM_ERR;
-            }
-            if (opt_case == 0) {
-                argv++;
-            }
-            if (option == OPT_COMPARE || !opt_case) {
-                Jim_SetResultInt(interp, Jim_StringCompareObj(interp, argv[2], argv[3], !opt_case));
-            }
-            else {
-                Jim_SetResultBool(interp, Jim_StringEqObj(argv[2], argv[3]));
+            {
+                /* n is the number of remaining option args */
+                long opt_length = -1;
+                int n = argc - 4;
+                int i = 2;
+                while (n > 0) {
+                    int subopt;
+                    if (Jim_GetEnum(interp, argv[i++], nocase_length_options, &subopt, NULL,
+                            JIM_ENUM_ABBREV) != JIM_OK) {
+badcompareargs:
+                        Jim_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, argv, "?-nocase? ?-length int? string1 string2");
+                        return JIM_ERR;
+                    }
+                    if (subopt == 0) {
+                        /* -nocase */
+                        opt_case = 0;
+                        n--;
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        /* -length */
+                        if (n < 2) {
+                            goto badcompareargs;
+                        }
+                        if (Jim_GetLong(interp, argv[i++], &opt_length) != JIM_OK) {
+                            return JIM_ERR;
+                        }
+                        n -= 2;
+                    }
+                }
+                if (n) {
+                    goto badcompareargs;
+                }
+                argv += argc - 2;
+                if (opt_length < 0 && option != OPT_COMPARE && opt_case) {
+                    /* Fast version - [string equal], case sensitive, no length */
+                    Jim_SetResultBool(interp, Jim_StringEqObj(argv[0], argv[1]));
+                }
+                else {
+                    if (opt_length >= 0) {
+                        n = JimStringCompareLen(Jim_String(argv[0]), Jim_String(argv[1]), opt_length, !opt_case);
+                    }
+                    else {
+                        n = Jim_StringCompareObj(interp, argv[0], argv[1], !opt_case);
+                    }
+                    Jim_SetResultInt(interp, option == OPT_COMPARE ? n : n == 0);
+                }
+                return JIM_OK;
             }
-            return JIM_OK;
 
         case OPT_MATCH:
             if (argc != 4 &&
diff --git a/jim_tcl.txt b/jim_tcl.txt
index 805b7a6..b461759 100644
--- a/jim_tcl.txt
+++ b/jim_tcl.txt
@@ -3783,15 +3783,19 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:
     Like `string range` except works on bytes rather than characters.
     These commands are identical if UTF-8 support is not enabled.
 
-+*string compare ?-nocase?* 'string1 string2'+::
++*string compare ?-nocase?* ?*-length* 'len? string1 string2'+::
     Perform a character-by-character comparison of strings +'string1'+ and
     +'string2'+ in the same way as the C 'strcmp' procedure.  Return
     -1, 0, or 1, depending on whether +'string1'+ is lexicographically
-    less than, equal to, or greater than +'string2'+.
+    less than, equal to, or greater than +'string2'+. If +-length+
+    is specified, then only the first +'len'+ characters are used
+    in the comparison.  If +'len'+ is negative, it is ignored.
     Performs a case-insensitive comparison if +-nocase+ is specified.
 
-+*string equal ?-nocase?* 'string1 string2'+::
-    Returns 1 if the strings are equal, or 0 otherwise.
++*string equal ?-nocase?* '?*-length* len?' 'string1 string2'+::
+    Returns 1 if the strings are equal, or 0 otherwise. If +-length+
+    is specified, then only the first +'len'+ characters are used
+    in the comparison.  If +'len'+ is negative, it is ignored.
     Performs a case-insensitive comparison if +-nocase+ is specified.
 
 +*string first* 'string1 string2 ?firstIndex?'+::
diff --git a/tests/string.test b/tests/string.test
index 5b0bbeb..0371f74 100644
--- a/tests/string.test
+++ b/tests/string.test
@@ -30,7 +30,6 @@ test string-2.1 {string compare, too few args} {
 test string-2.2 {string compare, bad args} {
     list [catch {string compare a b c} msg]
 } {1}
-if {0} {
 test string-2.3 {string compare, bad args} {
     list [catch {string compare -length -nocase str1 str2} msg]
 } {1}
@@ -40,7 +39,6 @@ test string-2.4 {string compare, too many args} {
 test string-2.5 {string compare with length unspecified} {
     list [catch {string compare -length 10 10} msg]
 } {1}
-}
 test string-2.6 {string compare} {
     string compare abcde abdef
 } -1
@@ -50,14 +48,12 @@ test string-2.7 {string compare, shortest method name} {
 test string-2.8 {string compare} {
     string compare abcde abcde
 } 0
-if {0} {
 test string-2.9 {string compare with length} {
     string compare -length 2 abcde abxyz
 } 0
 test string-2.10 {string compare with special index} {
     list [catch {string compare -length end-3 abcde abxyz} msg]
 } {1}
-}
 test string-2.12 {string compare, high bit} {
     # This test will fail if the underlying comparaison
     # is using signed chars instead of unsigned chars.
@@ -76,7 +72,6 @@ test string-2.14 {string compare -nocase} {
 test string-2.15 {string compare -nocase} {
     string compare -nocase abcde abcde
 } 0
-if {0} {
 test string-2.16 {string compare -nocase with length} {
     string compare -length 2 -nocase abcde Abxyz
 } 0
@@ -97,7 +92,6 @@ test string-2.20 {string compare -len unicode} {
 test string-2.21 {string compare -nocase with special index} {
     list [catch {string compare -nocase -length end-3 Abcde abxyz} msg]
 } {1}
-}
 test string-2.22 {string compare, null strings} {
     string compare "" ""
 } 0
@@ -116,14 +110,12 @@ test string-2.26 {string compare -nocase, null strings} {
 test string-2.27 {string compare -nocase, null strings} {
     string compare -nocase foo ""
 } 1
-if {0} {
 test string-2.28 {string equal with length, unequal strings} {
     string compare -length 2 abc abde
 } 0
 test string-2.29 {string equal with length, unequal strings} {
     string compare -length 2 ab abde
 } 0
-}
 # only need a few tests on equal, since it uses the same code as
 # string compare, but just modifies the return output
 test string-3.1 {string equal} {
@@ -135,9 +127,8 @@ test string-3.2 {string equal} {
 test string-3.3 {string equal} {
     string equal abcde abcde
 } 1
-if {0} {
-test string-3.4 {string equal -nocase} {
-    string equal -nocase \334\334\334\334\374\374\374\374 \334\334\334\334\334\334\334\334
+test string-3.4 {string equal -nocase} utf8 {
+    string equal -nocase \u00dc\u00dc\u00dc\u00dc\u00fc\u00fc\u00fc\u00fc \u00dc\u00dc\u00dc\u00dc\u00dc\u00dc\u00dc\u00dc
 } 1
 test string-3.5 {string equal -nocase} {
     string equal -nocase abcde abdef
@@ -151,7 +142,6 @@ test string-3.7 {string equal -nocase} {
 test string-3.8 {string equal with length, unequal strings} {
     string equal -length 2 abc abde
 } 1
-}
 test string-4.1 {string first, too few args} {
     list [catch {string first a} msg]
 } {1}
@@ -334,13 +324,16 @@ test string-6.56 {string is integer, false} {
 test string-6.57 {string is integer, false} {
     list [string is integer  "    "]
 } 0
-test string-6.58 {string is integer, false on bad octal} {
+test string-6.58 {string is integer, false on bad octal} jim {
     list [string is integer  036963]
 } 1
-test string-6.59 {string is integer, false on bad hex} {
+test string-6.59 {string is integer, false on bad octal} tcl {
+    list [string is integer  036963]
+} 0
+test string-6.60 {string is integer, false on bad hex} {
     list [string is integer  0X345XYZ]
 } 0
-test string-6.60 {string is lower, true} {
+test string-6.61 {string is lower, true} {
     string is lower abc
 } 1
 test string-6.62 {string is lower, false} {
author	Steve Bennett <steveb@workware.net.au>	2012-09-11 11:22:21 +1000
committer	Steve Bennett <steveb@workware.net.au>	2012-09-11 11:24:38 +1000
commit	33e51c4b9ef4de3398a57da99eb6f5fbcd1d85e4 (patch)
tree	05b80935e9b9b37098169720d36737b5c2f2b057
parent	1bde066fbbf55d881f5bc75316c12a762cf39608 (diff)
download	jimtcl-33e51c4b9ef4de3398a57da99eb6f5fbcd1d85e4.zip jimtcl-33e51c4b9ef4de3398a57da99eb6f5fbcd1d85e4.tar.gz jimtcl-33e51c4b9ef4de3398a57da99eb6f5fbcd1d85e4.tar.bz2